Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Blood pressure is the pressure blood exerts on the walls of blood vessels. It is important to know how to calculate blood pressure. With each heartbeat, blood pressure fluctuates between the lowest diastolic pressure and the highest systolic pressure.
Systolic blood pressure shows pressure in arteries when the heart contracts and pushes blood into arteries.
Diastolic blood pressure shows pressure in arteries when the heart muscle is relaxed. It is the minimum pressure in arteries and reflects peripheral vessel resistance.
The typical value of arterial blood pressure of a healthy person (systolic/diastolic) is 120/80 mm Hg. The difference between systolic and diastolic blood pressure is called pulse pressure and is normally 30-50 mmHg.
Why Is Blood Flow So Important?
Blood pressure is always measured on different days. If any of these measurements are too high, it means high blood pressure. The medical term for high blood pressure is hypertension. Normal blood pressure for adults is considered near 120-140 mm Hg. The diastolic value is 90 mm Hg. It makes sense to measure pressure on both hands at first measuring, as it is sometimes high only on one side. Increasingly higher values are used to estimate blood pressure. As a result, it is sufficient to measure the blood pressure only in an arm with higher values. If the systolic value exceeds 120-140 mm Hg or the diastolic value is 90 mm Hg, or both values are higher than usual values, it’s high pressure.
High blood pressure is often unnoticed by most people. It can cause symptoms such as dizziness or blurred vision, only in case of very high pressure. Moreover, high blood pressure increases the risk of cardiovascular diseases such as heart attacks, strokes, and heart failure. Therefore, if you or your doctor suspect you have high blood pressure, it is important to check it regularly. There are several ways to lower your blood pressure and reduce the risk of long-term health effects If your bp measurements are often too high.
It is important to know how to check blood pressure and make it 2-3 times per day. It can change because of exercise, stress, pain, extreme heat, or cold. But the increase in blood pressure is only temporary.
How to Measure Blood Pressure and Get True Results
If your blood pressure is measured only once, it wouldn’t mean you`ll always have high blood pressure. Blood pressure measurements at the doctor’s office can also be misleading. When people see a doctor, some get so nervous that their blood pressure increases. You must measure blood pressure for several days at rest to obtain a reliable measurement. You should sit in a chair and relax for three minutes before taking measurements to regain consciousness and rest. 30-60 minutes before the measurement, you should exclude smoking, tonic drinks, caffeine, alcohol, and physical activity. Close your eyes and think about something beautiful. The arm used for the measurement should be on a table at the same height as the heart during the measurement. You can measure your blood pressure using a digital monitor or sphygmomanometer for manual measurement.
Digital blood pressure monitors are often used on the wrist, but you can also place them on your finger or arm and activate them by touching a button. They measure blood pressure automatically based on changes in the volume of blood in the arteries. When measuring blood pressure at the wrist, it is important to keep your hand at heart level. Otherwise, this can affect blood pressure measurement values. The pounding sound will stop as soon as air pressure in the cuff falls below the diastolic blood pressure in the brachial artery. Then the blood vessels remain open. When the pounding stops, you can measure the diastolic blood pressure with the pressure meter.
Using Sphygmomanometer
Digital meters can be inaccurate, especially for people who have atherosclerosis. In such a case, you have to measure your blood pressure with a sphygmomanometer.
The pressure gauge consists of three parts:
Inflatable cuffs with a pressure gauge to measure the air pressure in the hose
Shoulder Artery Stethoscope
The scale of the pressure gauge is 0 ~ 300 mmHg. The pressure gauge has a rubber pump to pump the cuff and a button to release air.
First, place the cuff around the bare and stretch out the upper arm. Second, stretch out the upper arm, and inflate until no blood can flow through the brachial artery. Third, the air slowly leaks out of your breath.
As soon as air pressure in the cuff falls below systolic blood pressure in the brachial artery, blood will flow through the arm. You’ll hear a pounding sound when the arteries close again and the walls of the vessels hit each other after a heartbeat. The sound can be heard by placing the stethoscope close to the elbow. When you hear this pounding for the first time, you’ll measure your systolic blood pressure with the pressure meter.
What if My results are Extremely High?
If your result is higher than normal, you have to read our next articles on the best seven tips how to improve blood circulation and how to improve blood flow by eating properly. Then, you have to follow the tips listed there. You have to understand that blood pressure is a complex thing. We have to eat properly, do sports activities, and sleep enough. It is very complicated to follow the right habits and eliminate harmful ones. However, if you follow all tips in future articles, you will be healthy and happy. We can’t be happy without good health.
You also must visit a doctor every 6-12 months. Your doctor may recommend ambulatory blood pressure measurement, and you should wear a 24-hour blood pressure cuff. It is connected to a small, portable measuring device that automatically measures your blood pressure at a set time and records all measurements. For example, ambulatory blood pressure monitoring is used to check your blood pressure level changes significantly day and night. It would help if you did what you normally do within these 24 hours. People who are particularly active at certain times of the day may want to keep a diary. This way, your doctor can better understand how to interpret the values when assessing the recorded values. When your limbs do not get enough blood, your hands or feet go numb and get cold. If your skin is light, your legs may become blue. Poor blood circulation can also dry the skin, make your nails brittle, and cause hair loss.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Regular strength training is great! Muscle hypertrophy increases metabolic rate and many other benefits which we regularly write about. And what about a banal exercise? How to start working out in the morning? How will it be and to whom? What are the best exercises to choose for your morning workout routine? Breathing, stretching, and strength exercises will help you fully wake up. We will talk about all this today.
Why do you need to do a morning workout?
Firstly, physical exercises improve blood circulation, and the brain gets more oxygen and starts to work at full capacity. As a result, attention, concentration, and memory are increased. Only 10 minutes of morning exercises improve the cognitive ability of the brain by up to 14%.
To stay in good physical shape
Secondly, exercises on an empty stomach accelerate the oxidation of fats for the whole day after the morning workout. Moreover, they also increase insulin sensitivity, a hormone that plays a major role in maintaining a normal weight. That’s why it is so necessary to make at least an easy morning workout routine your favorite habit!
To increase your mood
Thirdly, and most importantly, exercises improve well-being and help to fight stress.
The best news is that you don’t need special equipment, and you can easily do a quick morning workout at home
What does the morning exercise routine consist of?
Three parts:
Warming up. Breathing and a couple of exercises right in bed will help you to open your eyes wide.
Soft stretching. It will pleasantly undo the body that has been frozen after sleep.
Simple morning exercises with the weight of your own body. They will help warm your muscles, accelerate blood circulation, and finally wake you up.
How to warm up in bed?
Vacuum
Exercise for flat belly “Vacuum” can be performed standing, sitting, or even lying down. The last option is easier than the others. But you can still pay attention to the technique of its execution. If you have not done this exercise before, it is enough to keep your stomach drawn for 10 seconds at first. Gradually increase this time to 30-40 seconds. It is a must-have exercise for your morning workout routine.
Glute Bridge
Fold your knees and put your feet on the bed. Put your hands along the body. Raise the pelvis as high as possible, and strain the buttocks. Lower and repeat two more times.
Lift your legs
Place your legs bent, as in the previous exercise. You can stretch your arms over your head or leave them along the body. Raise one leg as far up as you can. Remember that you should feel a slight tension, not pain. Lower one leg and lift the other. Repeat three times for each. After that, sit on the bed, take three more deep breaths, and exhale with belly inflation. Now you can stand up and start the second part.
Stretching for your morning workout routine
All exercises are performed gently and smoothly, without jerks and strong pressure. Now is not the time to set records – pleasant muscle tension is quite enough.
Extension with arms raised
Let’s start with one of the best workout positions. Stand up straight, put your legs together, raise your hands above your head, and put your palms together. As you breathe, stretch the buttocks, stretch up, and bend back into the chest area. Hold the posture for a couple of seconds to stretch the muscles well.
Forward tilt
Bend forward on an exhalation, do not bend your knees. Make three springy movements, each time slightly deepening the tilt. Do not try to reach the floor, and the main thing is to gently pull the muscles, not to set a record for the depth of tilt.
Deep lunge forward
Take a few steps with your hands on the floor as far as you lie down. Place your right foot next to the inside of your right hand, straighten your left knee, and place your foot on the cushion. Make three spring movements while deepening the posture.
Side Angle Pose With Rotation
Turn the body to the right and pull your right hand into the ceiling without going out of the drop. Your chest should look at the wall to your right. Hold the pose for 3-5 seconds and return to the original position.
Downward-Facing Dog
Stand at the bottom of the bed, give the pelvis up, take the heels off the floor, bend your knees and stretch your arms and back in one line. You can straighten your knees and put the heels on the floor if the stretch allows. But the back must remain straight – this is the main condition for proper execution. Spend 3-5 seconds in a position. Return to lying down again from this position, repeat the deep fall from the left leg and turn the body to the left side. Then, take the dog’s face-down position for another 3-5 seconds.
Cat-cow pose and turn to the side
Stand on all fours, bend the back arch and lower your head. Then bend in the opposite direction, keep the neck in a neutral position, and do not throw your head. Perform three cycles of bending and extension of the back. Turn the body to the right, leave the left leg on the knee and the right leg to pull out. Point your right hand towards the wall behind your head. The arm, body, and leg should be stretched in one line. Spend 3-5 seconds in position.
Go back on all fours, do three exercises of the cat-cow, and repeat the left turn.
Child’s pose
Sit on your heels, bend over, lie down with your stomach between your hips and stretch your arms forward. Relax for a few seconds.
Deep squatting
Lift the body, spread your shins wider, put your feet on the cushions, put the pelvis back, and go out into a deep squat. Keep your back straight, put your hands in front of you and turn your knees to the sides. The squat should be as deep as you can to keep your back straight. Make three spring movements in this position and go up.
Top power exercises for the best morning workout routine
The morning complex consists of 10 exercises. The last one is breathing. Rest between them for no more than 10 seconds. You can set a timer or count on yourself.
Isometric squats against the wall
Approach the wall, lean your back on it, and squat to parallel the hips with the floor. The angle of the knee should be 90 degrees. Fold your hands in front of you. Hold this position for 20 seconds.
Touching shoulders on the plank
Stand at the base of the bed, raise your right hand, and touch the left shoulder. Return it to the floor and repeat the same for your left hand – touch the right shoulder and lower it back. Make ten times for each side.
V-Sit Hold
Sit on the floor, straighten your back, lift your knees and bent legs, and keep your shins parallel to the floor. Hands are stretched along the body at the knee level. Hold the position for 20 seconds.
Squats
Knees and socks a little turn to the side, keep your back straight, and squat to the parallel hips with the floor or below. Repeat the exercise 20 times.
Push-ups
Push-up is in the classic version or from the knees. During the exercise, point your elbows back, not to the sides. Tighten the buttocks to keep the back straight and not bend in the lower back. At the lower point, touch the floor by the chest. Do 10-15 push-ups.
Bicycle on your back
Lie on the back, put your hands behind your head, and lumbar spine pressed to the floor. Lift your straight legs to a height of about 30 cm from the floor. Pull up your right knee, and at the same time, turn the body to the right and stretch your left elbow to the right knee. Repeat the same thing for the other side. Pull your knees toward you, making a circular motion as if you are pedaling a bike. Wait to lower your feet to the floor until the end of the exercise. Make 20 movements.
Squat Jumps
Place your feet on the width of your shoulders, and turn your knees and socks to the sides. Make a squat to the parallel hips with the floor or below, jump up and fall back down. Do it 20 times.
Burpee
Stand at the point of the bed, fall on the floor, and touch your chest and hips. Climb back at the point-blank range of the bed, put your legs to your hands with a jump, and straighten up and jump up, slamming your hands above your head. If you’re having a hard time, do not fall on the floor: make ten burpees.
Mountain Climber
Stand at the top of the bed, pull one knee to the chest, and then change legs with a jump. Try to keep the pelvis in one position so it does not move when changing the legs. Perform it 20 times.
Breathe
Sit on the floor with a straight back, and put your feet as you like: sit on the heels or fold them in Turkish. Make ten breathing cycles by inflating the abdomen. Take a deep breath and exhale completely, concentrating as much as possible on the exercise. Also, you can close your eyes. That’s all. The exercise for your morning workout routines at home is over. Let it become a permanent part of your morning, and every day will start cheerfully and in a great mood.
In conclusion, this morning’s workout for men and women will be equally useful. You can take your time, do all the exercises under control and with the right technique, listen to your body, and, as always, do the exercises only by your physical preparation. But remember any morning workout routine will not help you to feel good in the morning if you have not slept much or, even worse, have not slept all the time. The best morning exercises are the ones that are performed regularly and without shirking off! We wish you to be healthy and happy.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
What Degree Do You Need to Become a Professional Basketball Coach?
In this article, we will tell you how to become a basketball coach. Even if you don’t have a basketball career, becoming a professional basketball coach is possible. You can get a degree or not. Some degrees can be helpful in coachwork, for example, a degree in sports medicine or psychology. We recommend taking Sport Management Worldwide courses for starters, which a well-known agent created. You can find other reliable courses and get knowledge there. This will help you to understand many principles of the league`s functioning. It is a great course about the principles of the existence and development of many sports: Soccer, volleyball, baseball, and basketball. The lecturers are the top managers in chosen directions. You need to choose Basketball general management and scouting course.
How Much Does a Basketball Coach Make a Year?
In October 2020, the average annual pay for a Basketball Coach in the United States was $42,573 a year. The majority of Basketball Coaches’ salaries currently range between $31,000 to $48,500 across the United States. Average base salary is $21.43 per hour. The coaches get the highest salary in Atlanta — $26.33 per hour. 45% of Basketball coaches in the USA think their salaries are enough for their living area. It is an average salary for assistant coaches, physical training coaches, etc.
How to Become a Basketball Coach With no Experience
First, why do you want to become a coach? It’s essential to give an honest answer yourself. It is not easy. It requires discipline and constant work on yourself. It will be difficult for a lazy and apathetic person to achieve something. Moreover, if you look at it as a way to cut down on easy money, it wouldn’t work. You need to know how to become a high school basketball coach. Then, it would help if you achieved something on high school or college teams to get a contract with a large amount of money.
Secondly, are you ready to spend most of your free time on training? This includes self-study through books, DVD reviews, articles, blogs, seminars, and training. It would help if you were ready to volunteer for the first time for free for the experience. A Few people can refuse free help. The main thing is to start «to integrate yourself into the system».
Thirdly, where to start? You need to apply your knowledge, practice it, and gain experience. It is even more important to ask another, more experienced person for advice. Becoming an assistant coach is an ideal option that will allow you to become stronger in understanding and feeling the training process on your own. Knowing that only practice makes you understand what works and what does not is imperative. Even if it is work with children, it’ll be helpful for you.
Get Started
Watch many basketball games to familiarize yourself with the game. You’ll have to study the game like a coach to become a coach. Your body should be in good condition. That’s why you also need to know how to improve reaction time. From a coaching perspective, college and high school basketball will be the best levels to study. You need to know how to become a college basketball coach. NBA teams tend to rely on the actions and decisions of individual players. Coaches tend to have less of an impact on the game compared to high school or college teams. The college and high school seasons run from November to March. The NBA season runs from October to May. You’ll probably notice that coaches are usually on their feet, yelling at players and making calls. Good coaches are usually active and rarely sit down during the game. Becoming a basketball coach is very complicated.
How Usual Basketball Coach Course Goes?
This is an eight-week online course about league managing, coaching, and building relationships with players. This course doesn’t give you a job, but a ticket to a baseball game where you can catch the ball. The main emphasis will be on communication with people. Learning how to introduce yourself, collect all the necessary information, and write a professional CV will be necessary. These pieces of knowledge are essential to be hired. All over the world, professionals are valued for their work.
This can be your best investment. You will get a lot of information you need. For example, the basic document regulating the NBA: has 500 pages to study. After reading this document and this article, you will know how to become an NBA coach
How can I reach the professional level?
It’s a bit more complicated because there is a big gap between professional and amateur basketball. There is no smooth transition from level to level. It would help if you caught your chance. For example: after successful work in a children’s professional team, you can get invited into the senior team. Be more proactive, go to the head coach and offer your help for the experience.
What Role Can I Play on a Large Team?
Actually, the coaching staff includes coaches with different specializations. The head assistant coach and other assistants are people on both sides of the head coach in training and games. Scouts and video coordinators are specialists who analyze teams and players. Their work includes studying video materials, diagrams, and combinations. They must work with statistics and analyze the opponent’s tactics, players, weaknesses/strengths, etc. An individual training coach is a specialist who also participates in the training process. He additionally works on individual elements of technique with players who need development. Physical training coaches work on players’ strength, functional screening, recovery after injuries and loads, and injury prevention.
You can get a scout or physical training job, become an assistant coach and head coach. You will get a lot of knowledge from every new position! Furthermore, an assistant coach of an NBA team can easily become the head coach of an NCAA team. If you succeed in NCAA, you can become the head coach of an NBA team. Some players from NCAA can recommend you when they become NBA players. It would help if you worked on your authority and professionalism. All in all, you need to work on yourself day by day. If you feel passionate about coaching, it’s a job for you! Continue reading this article to learn how to be a basketball coach.
What Will You Learn From NBA Season Rulebook?
– Mechanisms of work of the league. It describes almost everything. For example, salary lists, conditions for players and coaches, basketball signing schemes, and team management in different situations. Now NBA does not work at a loss. They have rich teams, such as New York Knicks and Los Angeles Lakers, and “small market” organizations, such as Milwaukee Bucks. There is less population, respectively, and fans in Milwaukee. What do they do in this situation? There is a special rule in Revenue sharing: all the money goes to the general treasury of the NBA. At the end of the season, it is distributed between all organizations in percentage ratio.
The rich always share with the poor, which is crucial. This is necessary to develop basketball. Teams of “small market” could be unprofitable before, but now the situation has changed. For example, Vancouver Grizzlies moved to Memphis, where basketball is not the most popular sport. For some time, the team was unprofitable, but now the situation has stabilized. The funds from the sale of beer, T-shirts, and TV broadcasts, i.e., all the money earned on basketball, are collected into the general treasury.
How Does NBA Team Budget Works?
44% of the received amount is divided into 30 organizations. It is the ceiling of the player’s salary in each organization. For example, when Russian billionaire Prokhorov bought Brooklyn Nets, he wanted to buy all the best players. He couldn’t do it because of certain formulas for calculating wages. It can be different from soccer when sheiks buy the best players for some teams. All organizations have the same total budget.
Of course, stars like LeBron James have high salaries. He receives 30 million dollars a year and sponsorship contracts. But on average, they all have their salary ceiling. If one player gets a higher salary, other players will get lower salaries. If a team has ambitions to win a championship, the best players will be able to play with lower salaries. A team with no ambitions for the playoff should pay higher salaries for the best players. The worse team in the regular season has a higher chance of getting the first draft pick the next year. LeBron is estimated to earn about 100 million dollars per year. Derrick Rose has signed a lifetime contract for 150 million dollars. The minimum salary of the rookies after the NBA draft is $600 000 a year. A rookie usually signs a contract for three years. Then the team can prolong the contract with him for another year. In this case, the player gets his three million dollars guaranteed. After 3.5 years in the League, the minimum contract of the player will be four million a year. The NBA also has a veteran minimum, which starts from three million. If a basketball player has played in the league for 5-6 years, he will earn three million dollars a year or more.
NBA Pension
When a basketball player turns 50 and has played in the league for five years, he will receive a pension of $ 50,000 per year for the rest of his life. Players who have completes their professional careers will never be poor. For 50 000 dollars, a person can rent a house and live a decent life. Moreover, the pension increases if a player has a successful career or wins titles.
Scouting in Basketball
This is one of the main sections. You will be provided scout reports of many NBA organizations from Michael Jordan`s time to our years. The most important thing is understanding whether this basketball player suits your team. You will learn how to read and write reports. The report should begin with a description of the player’s physiology. It would help if you started writing a report with the following parameters: defender 6.5 feet, broad shoulders, body length, with potential for physical growth.
The General Manager takes the Scouting report when he has not seen the player. That’s why it is necessary to describe all the strengths and weaknesses, give statistical analysis for the last couple of years, and provide general information. All in all, you need to watch about five matches to create an opinion of the player. If a basketball player is going to sign a contract, he must watch his game live. It is also worth seeing him in the training process and the behavior of the team. It is vital to find a common language with people to learn all the information about the player In the scout’s work. Especially about his negative qualities. It is necessary to call his friends and to school to collect all possible information. A player with a bad reputation will not get into the NBA. Unless he is as talented as LeBron James.
How to Choose The Right Basketball Player?
As a result, NBA is a league of medium players that fit the system. The player must have excellent human qualities, and he must be able to behave in the locker room and strive for training and growth. Furthermore, if a player does not have certain qualities, he will relax after his first contract. There are many examples of this. Michael Beesley is a problem guy. He was prophesied to have a great future. He is a very talented player. But he had problems with drugs. Now he plays in China. There is such a concept as basketball IQ. For example, Chicago Bulls have about 100 combinations of attack development. The player should have a high basketball IQ to remember all of these and use them when needed.
It is necessary to pay attention to biological data and effectiveness. The main indicator of effectiveness is points for possession and “points for possession+assist”. For example, the Spanish national team. The main star of the Spaniards is Sergio Rodriguez. He is one of the most effective players in the Euroleague. He has a good indicator, “Points for Possession+Assist”. If he takes part in the attack, 76% of them will end up effectively. There is a formula for counting the number of possessions on the court, how much a player throws, and how much he throws from his possessions. A formula is used to calculate the number of points for possession. They also calculate how many points are thrown due to mistakes of a certain player.
How Basketball Scout Works?
Each NBA club has one or two International Scouts. Plus, a Scout who attends the NBA games. This is the most difficult job! He almost does not sleep, constantly on the road. Scout goes to matches with every opponent of the team. He goes to the game and records the combinations. There must be a crazy concentration and perception of the game. After the game, he should send the report to the video coordinator.
There are also scouts, tracking the players who have already been playing in the NBA, College Scouts: 1-2 people. Some analysts watch the games as well. They can go to tournaments. All people in the front office are looking for new players. All general manager assistants also do scouting. Each NBA club has at least five scouts.
Era of New Basketball Coaches
All these figures were not counted in the 90’s. Basketball has changed. There are few big players like Shaq or Yao. Nowadays, basketball is the era of defenders. The big player must run fast, jump high, and be mobile enough to play against small players. If a big player throws well, it is an essential quality.
All throws are divided by efficiency. The most effective throw is from paint, then the free throw, a three-point throw from the corner, and a simple three-point and middle throw. Many coaches do not allow players to throw from the middle zone because it could be more effective. As a result, you first need to prevent an opponent’s player from the paint without making a foul and prevent the three-point throw. If you still let your opponent’s player make a middle throw from five meters — it’s much better than any other throw.
Basketball players have ideal conditions for recovery: baroque chambers, cryocameras, pools with different water temperatures, saunas, and steam rooms. The recovery room is like a research institute. The season is tough for players. That’s why only the best players reach the NBA. We are dealing with elite material. An ordinary person will not survive it.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
How to start a romance novel? Only someone extraordinary can write a book. How do people do it in general? To create your work, you need a lot of knowledge, great imagination, willpower, perseverance, and, of course, the ability to express your thoughts on paper. If you have all this, it’s time to release a bestseller. We will give you some tips on how to write a romance novel.
What to write about
Good writers can only write about things that worry them most. What is bothering you personally? World evil? Undivided love? Statistics of abortion and divorce? Is it difficult to be a god? That is what you write about. Writing a real, sincere, important romance novel with a cold nose is impossible. If you do not care about anything but your person, congratulations, you are a happy man. Breathe out, and do not write at all. The world will be full of gratitude.
How to start a romance novel
Start no matter what. Don’t have enough time? Don’t have a suitable place to get some privacy? Thoughts are confused, and you don’t understand. What will the first chapter be like? Leave these excuses, sit down at any table, call it workers, and start writing a romance novel.
Many authors from the list of the best romantic novels to read write non-linearly: they start from the middle, from the end, and jump from thought to thought. This technique allows you to maintain a degree of interest and efficiency. Write what is written, and then arrange the chapters in the right order, frame them with the introduction and conclusion.
Write first, then edit
The main answer to the question of how to write a romance novel is that you must start writing. The truth is that it is necessary to start writing, giving up completely on the impulse and plunge into a state of flux, and after some time return to the written and edit. When trying to grind the text while writing, you get out of the stream’s state, losing the thought and non-standard turns. But it is much more effective to write 10 thousand characters of “unrushed” text rather than 3-4 thousand verified and weighted.
How not to get distracted
As far as possible, create the ideal conditions for writing romance novels. What helps you to write? Is it silence, white noise, or classical music? Do everything you can to ensure a perfect environment for writing.
Start a ritual for yourself. For example, Jack Kerouac lit a candle before he started, and when he finished writing, he blew it out. Lighting a candle was a signal to the brain: it is time to create. Think of a ritual that will set you up to work. You can start simultaneously or listen to your favorite music before work.
How not to abandon writing romance
Make a public statement. Tell your friends, relatives, or subscribers on social networks that you have started to write a book and have been planning to finish it by a certain date. Public commitments won’t let you relax.
Write every day. Whatever happens, whatever your mood is, write at least 20-30 minutes daily. Try to keep the chain intact. Be persistent, even if the muse has been wandering somewhere during your work. Keep on writing, designing a story, or collecting materials. The muse will start coming on time.
The volume of many books is at most 30 thousand words. If you can write 150 words in half an hour, then 30 thousand words will be written in just over 12 normal working days.
Forget about the reader
Do not try to please the target audience. Especially do not try to imagine it. Take your time writing about zombies or vampires because they are in fashion – you will not have time anyway. Nobody knows the secret of the bestseller. Write a book for yourself, exclusively for yourself. And for no one else. And it does not matter whether they publish it or not, whether they will read it or not. It does not matter. The main thing is that you are telling this story. Perhaps, then you will write a good book. And maybe you won’t.
And forget about bonuses too!
Do you want to stand on the stage with a statuette in your hands? Enroll in amateur activities. And sooner or later, the statuette (or at least a charter) will catch up with you. It is impossible to write a good book, adjusting it to the requirements of this or that award. And it seems you were going to write a good one, right?
Do not write for money
If you are interested in how to write a romance novel only because of money – you shouldn’t write either. No, I do not urge you to give manuscripts to publishers, fraternize with pirates and give books away by the subway. Just do not aim to become a rich and famous writer. First, they are a few. Second, most have become rich and famous not because they wanted to be. But because they just wanted to write the most important book for themselves. And they wrote it. Well, what is worse for you?
Where to look for inspiration writing a romance novel
And you do not need it. True. Take writing a book as a job. It can be easy and pleasant, and sometimes hard and tedious, but it’s a job, and you have to do it if you want (put the right one in) to convey your ideas, images, and romantic stories to the audience, to create a real bestseller, to make money, to become a famous author and create further…
If you write only when you have inspiration, this process may or may not last for years.
However, you can spur your brain to creativity. Try to walk more. They say that legs are the wheels of thought. Many writers came up with ideas during the walks in the fresh air. Communicate with people, listen to music, and have breakfast in your favorite café. Or maybe Does inspiration come when you do some work around the house or in the garden?
Find your best romantic stories
Also, watch the world around you. He throws stories and plots so often you have to catch them. Keep a small notebook or smartphone ready to capture the thoughts, observations, and ideas that have visited you. If you write down everything that’s happening around you, you will soon gather material for several books.
We are hopeful that you don’t hesitate now with questions on how to write a romance novel and also that we have inspired you to start writing one of the best contemporary romance novels finally. We wish you good luck and are looking forward to your masterpiece!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
We have listed reaction speed tests and how to improve reaction time by eating right in the previous article. We have also discussed factors that affect reaction time. Moreover, we will show the best reaction time exercise. You also can read more about best bodyweight leg exercises! The main idea of that course is maximum efficiency for less time. You need only 3 tennis balls and a smartphone to complete this course. It will take only 40 minutes of your life every day. Your reaction time will highly improve after 5 weeks. We prepared a reaction time exercises list that you can save and use as a reminder. You will know how to increase reaction time after reading this article. Get free exercises plan at the end of this article!
Reaction Time Exercises in Boxing
Time`s response is a speed characteristic. It is defined by an interval of time from the sudden start of the opponent’s movement to the beginning of your counteraction. Reactions can be simple or complex, you can even lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks after a good training. The speed of a simple reaction is determined by the interval from a sudden start of any actions of the partner (hit, move the body, movement, opening) to the beginning of its specific action (protection, hit).
What Types of Reactions do We Have?
Complex reactions are defined by two or more signals and one or more reactions.
The sportsman`s reaction time depends on the properties and characteristics of his nervous system, temperament, level of training and psychological state at the moment. It deteriorates under the influence of fatigue and some stressogenic factors (tension, fear, depression, etc.) It also depends on the physical and technical training of a sportsman.
All kinds of reactions have the same structure:
Signal perception (preliminary period)
Signal awareness (basic period)
Response (executive period)
Kind of reactions we have:
Sensorimotor reaction
Motor reaction
Neutral reaction
What does the Type of Reaction Depend on?
The type of reaction depends on the focus of the athlete’s attention. If an athlete waits for a command to start an action, it is a sensory reaction. If an athlete is focused on his upcoming movies, it is a motor reaction. When an athlete has no emphasis on something, it is a neutral reaction.
Complex reactions are typical for all competitive sports. As a rule, Boxing representatives have a significant arsenal of attack techniques, defence and deception.
Boxers never know in advance how to behave at a given moment and which technique to apply, so their reactions are a choice. Such reactions also differ in speed. The speed of reaction is very important in sport. The result of a fight depends on the reaction speed. The speed of reactions can be increased with the help of special exercises for reaction time. Sportsmen should develop sensorimotor reactions. The boxer sees the opponent strikes a blow. Then, he reacts in time by some action such as a slope, a dive, leaving the line of attack, or simply breaking the distance. Everyone has a different level of reaction.
That’s why you need a strictly personal development strategy. Someone has a fast reaction from birth, someone has to do a lot of practice.
How to Improve Your Reaction Time?
The simplest method is an exercise repeated many times with an emphasis on immediate reaction. You have to develop automation in your reaction.
First of all, you need to know the right examples of reaction time exercises. Only regular practice can improve your reaction speed. Secondly, everyone needs an individualized approach. For example, some boxers have a slow reaction speed in their usual life. But they can quickly mobilize at competitions and improve their reaction time. To find inspiration, read quotes about personal growth and success. Other people show excellent speed in usual life. But their reaction becomes slower during competition time. In different situations, the same person may have different indicators that characterize the speed of reaction, the state of perception, attention, etc.
In the next section, we will list effective exercises to improve reaction time. We will start with simple exercises and continue with more complex ones.
Throwing Ball in the Wall
If you have a very slow reaction, you should start with this drill. To perform this exercise, you need a tennis ball. You need to throw the ball into the wall and catch it with the same hand. This exercise should be performed for about 10 minutes. Then, you need to change your hand. You need to throw and catch the ball with your other hand for 10 minutes. In the first week, you need to do this exercise every day. It takes only 20 minutes per day.
The second week you need to throw the ball with the left hand and catch it with the right hand.
Repeat this drill for 10 minutes. Then, change hands and repeat the exercise. This is not a difficult drill but it is quite effective for beginners. You will improve coordination, attention and interaction between the brain and extremities by doing this exercise.
Juggling
We can start more interesting exercises after 2 weeks of working with a tennis ball. Before starting this training you need to be in the right initial position. Stand up straight, feet shoulder-width apart. Arms are bent at the elbows and are parallel to the floor. Palms are directed upwards. Elbows are close to the sides.
Juggling With One Ball
Take one ball and throw it from one hand to another. The height of the throw is slightly above eye level. You need to throw and catch the ball at different points. You should throw the ball closer to the middle of the body and catch it from the outside of your body. After the catch, the hand makes a semi-circular movement and makes a throw.
This exercise is simple but very important because it lays the ground for juggling. Do this drill for 10 minutes for one week.
Two Tennis Balls
Now you need 2 tennis balls for this drill. You can start more complicated juggling after a 10 minutes warm-up with one ball. Take one ball in each hand. Make the throw with your right hand, according to the recommendations of the previous paragraph. When the ball reaches its maximum height, make the throw with your left hand. Catch the first ball with your left hand, then the second with your right hand. Stop. Now repeat, starting with the left hand. Concentrate on the accuracy of the throws. Repeat it for 10 minutes.
As a result, in the third week you need to do the drill with 1 ball for 10 minutes, then drill with 2 tennis balls for 10 minutes. If you feel confident enough, you can exchange balls with each hand without pauses.
Preparing for Juggling With 3 Balls
You need to take 2 balls in your right hand and one ball in your left hand. Throw one of the balls with your right hand, then make the exchange as described in the previous paragraph. When the ball reaches the highest point, make another exchange. You will end up with two balls in your left hand and one in your right hand. Repeat, starting with the left hand.
Once you have learned how to do a double exchange, consolidate the skill by practising. You should do a double exchange ten times in a row without dropping the ball. Do this drill every day for 10 minutes in your 4th week. It will be a great warm-up before real juggling!
Juggling With 3 Tennis Balls
Now you are ready for real juggling. Do everything exactly as you did in the previous lesson, but add another throw. Practice a triple exchange until you can do it ten times in a row. After that, add another throw. Then another one, then another one, and so on. Focus on the accuracy of the throws all the time. If you throw the ball correctly, it will fall in your hand. At one point you will feel confident and can juggle three balls as much as you want. Try to do this drill after warming up from the previous paragraph. Try to do it for 10 minutes after the previous drill. Do this exercise for 10 minutes on the 4th week. Then, you need to juggle for 20 minutes on the 5th week.
1 to 50 Exercise
Moreover, we’ve been talking about improving physical reactions in previous paragraphs. Now you need to work on brain reaction time. We talked about this great exercise in a previous article. You need to do this drill 10 times and record your results every day. After that, you need to do this drill for 5 weeks after physical drills. You will easily pass this test in 30-35 seconds in 5 weeks!
Tetris Effect
Furthermore, you need to be attentive, concentrate, react quickly, and include spatial thinking and coordination of movements to play tennis. The result is a thickening of the cortex, which will increase the efficiency of its work. Tennis improves your brain speed reaction time. You need to play 10 Tetris games every day for 5 weeks.
Here is your exercise plan for 5 weeks:
Week 1️⃣
Throwing ball in the wall and catch with the Same Hand: 10 minutes for each hand
Play 1to50 for 5 times
Play Tetris for 5 times
Week 2️⃣
Throwing ball in the wall, catch with the Other Hand: 10 minutes for each hand
Play 1to50 for 7 times
Play Tetris for 7 times
Week 3️⃣
Juggling with 1 ball for 10 minutes. Juggling with 2 balls for 10 minutes
Play 1to50 for 10 times
Play Tetris for 10 times
Week 4️⃣
Juggling with 2 balls for 10 minutes Juggling with 3 balls for 10 minutes
Play 1to50 for 12 times
Play Tetris for 12 times
Week 5️⃣
Juggling with 3 balls for 20 minutes
Play 1to50 for 15 times
Play Tetris for 15 times
You can save it and use it as a reminder while completing these exercises plan!
Consequently, you will know it after 5 weeks of this course. You can measure it by using tests from our past article. By the way, you will know how to juggle like a pro and become as fast as a tiger!
Faq for Reaction Time Exercises.
1️⃣ Example of Reaction Time in physical fitness?
The best reaction time exercises in physical fitness are juggling, tennis and Tetris.
2️⃣ What Activities Help Reaction Time?
The best drills to improve reaction time are 1to50, Tetris, Ping Pong and Juggling.
3️⃣ Reaction Time Fitness Definition?
Reaction time in fitness means a lot. It helps you to be faster and stronger.
4️⃣ What are the Best Exercises to Improve Reaction Time?
The best exercises to improve reaction time are Tennis, Juggling and Tetris.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Almost all fitness beginners make the same mistake – they need to pay more attention to bodyweight leg exercises to strengthen the lower body while preferring exercises on the development of biceps and broad shoulders. But lower body exercises have several advantages, such as improving the cardiovascular system and increasing the endurance and functioning of all lower body organs. Moreover, they are the most effective for the production of testosterone, a hormone that helps us burn excess fat and build muscles without additional additives. So let’s check the most useful bodyweight legs workouts.
If you include these easy but effective exercises in your training plan, you will get an insane leg workout.
Best bodyweight leg exercises:
1. Deep lunges
Technique of execution
Stand up straight, hands on the belt, legs at shoulder width.
On a breath retreat with the right foot forward approximately 50 cm and lower the upper part of the body, keeping the body straight and maintaining balance. As in the other exercises, ensure that your knees do not fall on your toes during the body tilt, as this increases the load on the knee joint. Your shin should be perpendicular to the floor. A long lunge will train the buttock muscle, while a short lunge will train the quadriceps.
Push back and return to the original exhalation position. Tip: To make the quadriceps work, push off with your fingertips. To give the load on the buttocks, push off with the heel.
Repeat the exercise from the other leg.
Variations: there are several ways to do this exercise.
a) You can make the classic Lunge with your weight when one foot is already in the front position. In this case, you go down the recommended number of approaches. Then you change your leg and repeat the exercise.
b) A more difficult way is to do it with your weight when you move around the room in this way. This method is suitable for more experienced athletes.
2. Single leg exercises (Pistol squat)
Exercise rules
The pistol squat is one of the most popular bodyweight leg exercises. Lift one leg from the floor from a standing position. You should look straight ahead with your chest up, knees and thighs slightly bent, and your back straight. This will be your starting position.
Go down into a squat, bending your hips and knee. Pull your non-working leg forward when you squat to make it easier to move. Go down slowly, paying close attention to balance and the correct mechanics of movement as far as your flexibility allows.
Hold the lower position a little, then go back to the beginning, passing through the hips and knee, passing the heel of the working leg.
Repeat for the desired number of repetitions, then change the leg.
This is an excellent exercise that requires the athlete’s flexibility, coordination, and strength. If you can’t keep your balance when squatting with a pistol or don’t have enough strength to get up, you can do this exercise by holding on to the support. Also, if you cannot squat with extra weight, the pistol will help you work out the leg muscles.
Shrimp squat is a basic, difficult coordination exercise performed on one leg with its weight, which can improve the training of any athlete.
Shrimp squat: advanced level of pistol squats
Another great activity from single-leg exercises. Instead of stretching your leg in front of you as if you were doing squats with a pistol, you remove the leg back and hold it with your hand in the shrimp squats. Because of this name, the position is like a shrimp.
As a result, the hip muscles carry the bulk of the load when you do it, like when you make lunges, not squats.
There is nothing complicated in the exercise. Standing on the floor, bend your leg in the knee and grab the ankle with your hand, taking it back (as if stretching the quadriceps). From this position, slowly go down until your knee touches the ground, then go up to the original position. Very simple!
When doing the exercise, stretch your free hand to balance your body position. As with most squats, you need to tilt your body forwards to avoid falling backward.
You can simplify the exercise by pulling both hands out in front of you. Conversely, you must put both hands behind your back to make the exercise more difficult. This position will additionally load your muscles with stabilizers, and you will not be able to use your free hand for balance.
3. Jumping out of a half-crouch
Exercise rules
Cross your arms above your chest. Look forward, straighten your back, and place your legs on the width of your shoulders.
While keeping your back flat, take a breath and sit down parallel to the floor or below. Breast stretch up.
Jump as high as possible on the exhalation. Hips act like springs.
When your feet touch the floor, sit down again and jump out.
Repeat as many times as necessary. Warning: This exercise is not recommended for knee or back injuries. Keep an eye on your landing. Lower the floor with two legs simultaneously (socks touch the floor first). An incorrect landing can lead to sprains.
4. Bodyweight squats (Deep squats)
Exercise rules
Stand up straight, legs at shoulder width, hands behind your head.
Fold the knees and hips, squatting, working with the thigh muscles.
Make a squat as deep as possible, then quickly stand up and return to the original position. Keep the body and head straight. Of course, this type of exercise without weight will not build your massive legs, but still, it is basic and very productive for your muscle legs.
5. Length jumps from a place
This exercise is better performed on sand or soft surfaces. Get in a semi-squat position. The legs are on the width of the shoulders.
Swing your hands back and, while sitting down, jump forward as far as possible.
Land on both feet in a deep sitting position.
Measure the distance from the starting point to the endpoint and track your progress.
Bonus: Horse Stance
Horse Stance is excellent for improving the circulation of the small pelvis, as well as the most effective leg strengthening exercise. This exercise will allow the blood to nourish the pelvic organs better. Also, it will help to improve their work, and it will be an excellent addition to your bodyweight leg exercises.
The technique of the exercise:
a) Stand up straight, and spread your legs wider than your shoulders, so you can get about two shoulder widths.
b). Look in front of you, breathe evenly and calmly, and put your hands in front of you by touching your palms.
c) Slowly start to sink while breathing, and try to spread hands apart, but do not let the muscles do it,
d) Down to an angle of 90 degrees in a knee, stay in this position for 20-30 seconds, and during all this time, you should pull the muscles of the hand to the side and counteract this. You have to keep your back straight.
The most impressive thing is that you can make all these legs exercises at home without any special equipment. By the way, there are no leg workouts for mass. These calisthenics leg workouts will increase your explosive power and develop functionality and stamina.
What are the best bodyweight leg exercises in your complex of physical activity? Could you share your comments with us!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
First of all, we need to understand what factors affect reaction time, which will help answer the main question on improving reaction time. Our reactions depend on the collaborative work of two types of neurons: sensitive and motor. Visual, sonic, olfactory, tactile, or sensory stimulation is perceived by sensory nerve cells. In response, motor neurons signal the body to perform some action. The time gap between stimulus and response depends on many factors. Moreover, the signal from the sensory half of the motor area will slow down if something occurs accurately and carefully. If something happens quickly, the response time will also decrease.
For quite some time, it has been thought that the brain controls the response time by raising or lowering the irritation threshold. After all, motor neurons understand that they have to act. A research conducted by the scientists at the University of Vanderbilt (USA) disproves this view.
According to the American experiment, the monkey was trained to follow a target that appears in different places on the monitor screen. At some point, a special stop signal followed, after which the monkey had to stare at a point in the centre of the screen. Correct execution of the task implied a reward, of course. The delay between the moving target and the stop signal could be from 25 to 275 milliseconds. During this time, the neurons responsible for eye movements continued to receive a stimulus to action. The greater the delay before the stop signal, the harder it was for the monkey to keep an eye on the central point. The faster the stop signal appeared, the longer the motor neurons activated. As a result, the brain did not send a signal from motor neurons to sensory cells, which had to record the target’s movements.
How to Test Your Reaction time?
Secondly, you need to measure your current reaction time. The most simple way to measure is to use online tools such as JustPark or green light test, or the 1to50 test. We recommend using a computer mouse for this test. Using a touchpad can slow down the response time. In addition to measuring your reaction time, this test is influenced by the delay of your computer and monitor. Using a fast computer and monitor with low latency / high frame rate will improve your results. Any reaction speed test gives you an estimated result. You’ll find an average response time if you record 5-10 attempts.
You will easily improve reaction time using the advice listed below. Dropping a ruler is another estimated test. It can measure your reaction time without a computer delay. By the way, we will also tell you about the food that can improve your reaction time.
Justpark Test
It is a simple simulation of car driving. All you need to do is click as soon as you see the “Stop” button. This program will calculate your estimated age based on the result. My best result is 19 years old.
Green Light Test
It’s a simple tool for measuring your reaction time. According to the data collected so far, the average (median) reaction time is 215 milliseconds. If you can react faster than 400 milliseconds — you have a normal reaction. If you react faster than 250 ms, you have a great reaction. Result from less than 200 milliseconds for good boxers or cyber athletes.
Press numbers 1 to 50 in order as fast as you can.
29 Seconds: You have a great reaction time.
30-39 sec: It is a great result, almost perfect
40-59 sec: Average result.
60-79 sec: Normal result.
80-99 seconds: You have a slow reaction time
100-150 seconds: You must be over 70.
Over 150 seconds: You might have Alzheimer’s.
I have the best result so far 31.536.
Dropping a Ruler Test
Measuring simple reaction. The easiest and most accessible way to measure a simple reaction in the field is by using a 30 cm or 40 cm ruler. Execution:
You need a friend’s help to complete this test. Sit on a chair, and stretch out your hand. Then, you place the other hand on the back of the chair. A friend holds the ruler on the weight, so it is positioned with an “O cm ” mark between your thumb and forefinger. A friend releases the ruler when you are ready to perform the test. You must squeeze your fingers and catch a ruler as quickly as possible. The reaction speed is evaluated by the length of the distance covered by the ruler in centimeters. Record your result 3-5 times. Test another hand. The distance the reaction timer travels before you catch it has been converted to time using the equation d=1/2at², where «a» is the acceleration due to gravity.
How Can I Improve my Brain Reaction Time?
There are several ways to improve reaction time. The most important thing is to keep your body and mind in good condition. You should sleep well, eat the right food, avoid caffeine and go in for sport. We will list more accurate tips to improve reaction time below.
The Best Food to Eat:
Leafy Green Veggies are Good for Your Brain and Reflexes. Green vegetables and garlic can improve cognitive function. They are rich in vitamin K, lutein, folic acid and beta-carotene. It also contains a decent amount of protein.
Eggs. Eggs are extremely rich in an amino acid called tyrosine. It is a building block for producing various hormones in the body that increase energy.
Various Beans. Beans are extremely rich in protein. They can become your essential brain health product. Also, they are rich in omega-3 fatty acids that are important for brain development.
Edible Seeds. Pumpkin and sesame seeds contain high levels of tyrosine, and sunflower seeds are good for the brain. They also improve memory and cognitive functions.
Chicken or Turkey. Numerous varieties of meat are incredibly rich in tyrosine. Chicken and turkey are striking examples of the same and can increase the amount of this amino acid in your body to speed up your reflexes.
Yogurt, Cheese, and Dairy. Dairy products, especially cheese and yogurt, are key factors affecting tyrosine levels. In addition, dairy products can help the brain reduce oxidative stress.
Berries. Dark fruits and vegetables are the best products you can eat to protect your brain from the effects of aging.
Bananas. One banana contains the amount of glucose your brain needs for the day.
Salmon. Salmon is rich in omega-3, protein, group B vitamins, and iron, all of which help to maintain memory, concentration, and reasoning. Your brain has sixty percent of fatty acids, and salmon contains the best of them (DHA).
Eggplant. The nutrients contained in the aubergines keep your brain toned, improving the connection between brain cells and sending molecules.
Spinach. A diet rich in spinach slows the age-related decline in brain activity and can significantly improve learning ability and memory.
Whole Grain Foods. Whole-grain bread and cereals have a higher percentage of folic acid than other carbohydrate variants. Folic acid increases blood flow to the brain and keeps it at peak levels throughout the day.
Walnuts. Walnuts contain about 15-20% protein, omega-6 and omega-3 fatty acids, vitamin E, and vitamin B6 – all of which are important for your overall health.
Raw Carrots. Raw carrots have a low glycemic index, which means that the glucose in them slowly breaks down and helps keep your brain at a constant pace throughout the day.
Broccoli. Broccoli contains huge amounts of nutrients, including a large dose of vitamin K.
Some products can destroy your brain and impair your reaction time. Even if you can’t keep a diet with the right products, try to avoid those harmful products. If you want to know how to increase reaction time, you should avoid this food :
Refined Sugar
Refined sugar is a 99% simple carbohydrate without vitamins, minerals, enzymes,, and other nutrients. It has only energy value. Sugar is a rapidly digestible and very caloric product: its caloric value is approximately 4 kcal per 1 gram. Sugar consumption leads to the depletion of chromium, which is responsible for metabolic processes in the body. It regulates blood glucose levels, prevents the development of atherosclerosis, and has other useful properties.
Trans Fats (chips, fast food, all butter-fried products, ice cream, margarine, semi-finished products, sausages, industrial confectionery, margarine-based bakery, etc.).Trans fats are modified molecules that appear in unsaturated (vegetable) oils during high-temperature treatment. Trans fats were also found in nature in minimum quantities. But during the industrial processing of oils, their share can rise to 20-50%.Studies show that trans fats are harmful to health. Regular consumption of even small doses of trans fats disrupts normal metabolism (increasing the need for Omega-3), provokes obesity, leads to cardiovascular disease, and increases low cholesterol. In many countries around the world (from the USA and Europe to Latin America), food manufacturers are required to report the trans-fats content on their packaging. In addition, the maximum daily dose of such fats is determined – about 3-4 g per day. Trans fats are contained in all vegetable oils that have been secondary heated to high temperatures. In addition, trans fats can be generated in fatty foods by reheating them – for example, in a microwave oven.Margarine and any foods that contain it are particularly dangerous. If margarine itself contains a minimum amount of trans fats, frying or baking can significantly increase the number of harmful carcinogens in it. If you eat trans fats every day, it will destroy your reaction time.
Alcohol. Alcohol is a dangerous poison to the body. It affects virtually all systems and organs, concentrating more on the brain, liver, and pancreas. By accumulating in cells, ethanol decomposition products prevent a person from making balanced decisions and responding quickly in emergencies. Those skills are essential for everyone. Our life requires maximum concentration and attention. Alcohols are those drinks that contain ethanol. Today, there are a huge number of them. Most of them are produced by fermentation.Alcoholic drinks soothe and suppress the nervous system. It affects the perception mechanisms and response. For example, driving under the influence of alcohol poses a potential threat to themselves and others.
Fatty Meat. Fatty food, especially meat, affects your mind and metabolism. As stated above, trans fats are generated in fatty foods by reheating them. It destroys your body and impairs reaction time. Fat food can be beneficial only in limited quantities. It’s always better to cook or bake meat than to fry.
Coffee, Tea, Energy Drinks.
Caffeine is a stimulant that can be addictive if you consume it regularly in excess amounts. This substance is often called “the most popular legal drug in the world.” It’s no secret that caffeine excites the nervous system when awake. Your biological cycle will likely be affected if you drink coffee or tea six hours before bed. If you exclude coffee from your menu, your body will not get overexcited. First, you’ll fall asleep more easily. By the way, for people who have insomnia, coffee is generally contraindicated. Secondly, you’ll sleep better, which makes it easier to get up in the morning. And as a bonus, you’ll look more rested, with no bruises under your eyes. Of course, it’s only about mood swings and heightened irritability. As we said before, caffeine is a pathogen for our nervous system. Excluding an invigorating drink from the diet will stabilize the emotional background.
Most people drink coffee to cheer up or to wake up. If you give up on drinking coffee, you will have much more energy in the morning. Caffeine causes the body to produce adrenaline, leading to an energy burst. However, you will need more stimulants constantly with constant coffee consumption. In addition, coffee can block cortisol. This hormone forms in your body during the day and helps you wake up and fall asleep in the evening. In the morning, the cortisol level in the body is the highest. It is usually produced from 6 to 9 a.m. The peak is 8 to 9 a.m. So if you drink coffee all the time in the morning and block cortisol, the invigorating effect will be short-lived, and the feeling of drowsiness will reach you very soon. A cup of coffee can be useful once a month. Coffee can improve your reaction time for a few hours, and then your reaction will impair without a new dose.
Medicines. It can be useful to use medicines sometimes. It is the same drug as coffee or even worse. You don’t need to drink sleeping pills daily or laxatives often. People shouldn’t drink antibiotics without a doctor’s appointment and try to avoid self-treatment. It would help if you didn’t take frequent head or pressure pills. These drugs only have a short-term effects. In the long term, you have to solve your health issue. Medicines will only remove symptoms for a while. It would help if you improve your lifestyle and you won’t need the medication.
1️⃣ Can you train to improve reaction time?
Unlike reflexes, which are not processed by the brain, reaction times can be improved and enhanced through lifestyle changes. Cognitive exercise, meditation and mindfulness, and nutritional supplements are all factors that can increase reaction time safely and healthily.
2️⃣ Why is my reaction time so slow?
One theory is that slow reaction times may reflect a deterioration of other bodily systems, such as the brain and nervous system. Perhaps people who react more slowly are also less healthy or forget to do things that could keep them healthy.
3️⃣ Does food affect reaction time?
A main effect of hunger on total attitude reaction time was found, suggesting that reaction times for both food and people are faster when participants are hungry; this effect is stronger for food.
4️⃣ What Vitamin increases reaction time?
A study in South Korea found that vitamin C supplementation improved attention, work motivation, and reaction time in young adults.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
The childhood of each of us was absolutely “spoiled” by fairy tales. All of us have favourite quotes from Alice in wonderland. No matter how many stories we have heard. And how often we have imagined that we would find ourselves in one of those stories. But did we imagine that we could move into all the fairy tales at once? And that all their heroes and stories would not be good? We grew up, and it’s time we’ve learned the truth. Quotes from Alice in Wonderland will help. Their magic hasn’t faded over the years. On the contrary, it has gained strength and experience and now easily and shamelessly fascinates us.
What has made Alice’s journey so fascinating, useful, and interesting? The most unexpected acquaintances, the world of fairy tales that have surprised the girl, the rules that came up with Alice, and the wisdom of a cat who knows how to smile.
Even though Lewis Carroll has presented his “unimaginable” story as a dream of his tiny niece, he wanted to believe in it. Since that Lewis Carrol’s quotes have been known well in the whole world. It seems that this fairy tale is more intended for older people. There are so many secrets in it that you can solve them endlessly. Many phrases have become winged and have accompanied us all our lives. The quotations from Alice in Wonderland are well known and you can see them all over the internet. But their magic is still obvious because at different ages they are perceived in a new way.
Quotes of Alice in wonderland and the most unexpected acquaintances…
Did a little girl get into a strange country where Confusion lives? What do you mean? It’s very simple, because everyone whom Alice has been met in the Mirror, has extraordinary talents to destroy the illusion of magic that forms a new charm of wonder around him. We will start from the most notable “Alice in wonderland Caterpillar” quotes:
“Who are you?” said the Caterpillar. This was not an encouraging opening for a conversation. Alice replied, rather shyly, “I—I hardly know, Sir, just at present—at least I know who I was when I got up this morning, but I think I must have been changed several times since then.”
We expect from them those minimum of all children’s fairy tales: a beast can talk, plants can sing songs. But everything is different here ! You can find everything with an incredible game of fantasy. And that’s why each character is colorful and all words and actions amaze with acuity, wisdom, and go into aphorisms, quotes, and even “Alice in Wonderland” sayings.
…“but, said Alice, if the world has absolutely no sense, who’s stopping us from inventing one?”
“Different denotes neither bad nor good, but it certainly means not the same.”
“The best way to explain it is to do it.”
“Begin at the beginning,” the King said, very gravely, “and go on till you come to the end: then stop.”
“Threats, promises, and good intentions don’t amount to action.”
White Rabbit Alice in wonderland quote
It’s like he’s “calling” a girl into an incredibly fabulous world of absurdity with his watch. Indeed, what is unusual is it for children who are used to hearing rabbits talking all the time from fairy tales. But his gloves, his watch and his anxiety that he will be late for something immediately arouses interest: where does he run to?
“Now, here, you see, it takes all the running you can do, to keep in the same place. If you want to get somewhere else, you must run at least twice as fast as that!”
Quotes by Mad Hatter
This hero in both words and deeds is one of the picturesque characters in the fairy tale. Hatter’s quotes, his inferences, and puzzles about time are the valuable pearls of our collection and at the same time, funny and instructive.
“If you knew Time as well as I do,” said the Hatter, “you wouldn’t talk about wasting it. It’s him.”
Alice in Wonderland Cheshire cat quotes
Everyone knows about the Cheshire Cat`s smile. Probably each of us, since we’ve heard or read about it, tries to find it on our familiar domestic furs… suddenly, one of them will turn out to be magical!
“We’re all mad here. I’m mad. You’re mad.”
“How do you know I’m mad?” said Alice.
“You must be,” said the Cat, “Or you wouldn’t have come here.”
Inspirational Cheshire Cat quotes
How did the fairytale world surprise the girl? Alice didn’t just end up in a story about right and wrong. Everything came to life and took shape, giving a different, unusual for us, the idea of himself in the place where the girl has found herself. Animals, plants, houses, names, sayings and even traditions appeared before the girl unusually. And in parallel, quotations from Alice in the Mirror were born, which became popular and loved.
The Wisdom of the Cheshire Cat that knows how to smile and the rules that came up with Alice!
This image has been particularly sealed in our minds. And it’s not just a smile, but his words make us admire the skill of a storyteller. So many expressions belong to the Cat, and they are all so beautiful that you unwittingly read them. All of them became the most famous “Alice in wonderland” quotes.
“Only the insane equate pain with success..”
“Every adventure requires a first step. Trite, but true, even here.”
“Imagination is the only weapon in the war with reality.”
“I am not crazy; my reality is just different from yours.”
“If you don’t know where you are going any road can take you there.”
“Not all who wander are lost.”
“Only a few find the way, some don’t recognize it when they do – some… don’t ever want to.”
The most remarkable thing is that the girl is not confused. She immediately started making the rules. Alice’s adventures in wonderland quotes are showing a child inside each of us. They’re paraphrased, they’re thought of, they’re argued about it. But these simple and naive words are so sweet that they impress people with their purity and subtle. One of the most inspirational and famous Alice wonderland quotes is:
“Who in the world am I?’ Ah, that’s the great puzzle!”
They will inspire and help you to find yourself in any situation of your life.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Firstly, money affirmations are short commands for our subconscious. It’s a simple text program with settings on what you want from life. Everyone knows how powerful our thoughts and spoken words are. The quality of our lives depends on what we think and say about ourselves and what we focus on. Secondly, financial affirmations are a great way to consciously direct your thoughts and focus them in the right direction. It can program your subconscious to achieve a goal, fulfill your desires, and attract the right events.
Thirdly, with affirmations for finances, you can load the settings you need to get enough money, abundance, prosperity, or whatever you want into your subconscious. Positive money affirmations work for sure. If you follow these instructions, you will change your money mindset and easily make money to build your savings account.
How to Use Affirmations to Get Enough Money
Affirmations can make you rich in a concise term. Furthermore, Affirmations should be pronounced mentally, spoken out loud, recorded and listened to, recorded repeatedly on paper, or sung. It is enough to repeat them for 10-15 minutes daily. Then, the positive attitudes will outweigh the negative stereotypes acquired over the years. You will certainly and quickly feel enough. However, the main rule is to repeat affirmations every day (at least twice daily, in the morning and before bed). It would help if you repeated it regularly to get wealth and abundance. It would help if you avoided negative words (e.g. “not …” or “not …”). In affirmations, you focus on “acting”, not “not acting”. It’s like saying to the son: “Don’t touch that” —and he doesn’t listen. You need to state it as a fact. It’s not just a thought. Stay comfortable and relaxed. It’s important to feel comfortable in a peaceful and quiet area. All you need is to relax and focus all your attention on the desired money described in each claim.
Types of Money Affirmations that Work Fast
By the way, Affirmations are divided into general and special. It is usually aimed at improving life in general. There are affirmations on success, health, work, or making more money. “I am happy. I’m doing great. Each of my undertakings is doomed to success. My life is getting better and better every day” is a general affirmation. And here’s an example of a special affirmation for students: “I soak up knowledge like a sponge water. I grab knowledge very easily. I go to school with pleasure and enjoy it”. There are a lot of interesting options available on the Internet, but the best affirmations are those that you have made up yourself because they will relate directly to your situation.
How to Work With Money Affirmation
Write affirmations on paper with a pen. Fill each word with your energy, power of intent, and desire. Discover personal growth quotes about improvement. Write the affirmation of money that resonates most with you in the present time, as a fair accomplishment, without the “not” particle. Moreover, the more concretely you formulate a thought, the better the result. Your affirmations should concern only you personally and no one else. Say affirmations money in the morning after waking up, in the evening before going to bed, while taking a walk, or at lunch. Apply them so often until your subconscious does not accept them and when you start to live with these magical phrases.
Affirmations for a great day at work.
List of Top 7 Positive Money Affirmations for Money
Money creates a positive impact on my life, and I am able to handle large sums of money. I am the master of my wealth.
Money is my servant.
I constantly attract opportunities that create more money. Money comes to me in expected and unexpected ways.
Wealth constantly flows into my life. I am a magnet for money. Prosperity is drawn to me.
I use the money to get my life and the lives of others better. I move from poverty thinking to abundance thinking.
Money comes to me quickly and effortlessly.
I am open and receptive to all the wealth life offers me. I am worthy of making more money.
Tips to Use Positive Money Affirmations for Success
Say it Aloud
If you imagine how we sail in a boat on a wide river, what will you ask me at once? What do you lack in this image? There are no oars in a boat. Only the dead swim in a boat without oars. If I put you in a boat in my mind and “send” you to the middle of the river, you will immediately ask for an oar or at least — a pole. A pole to control, row in the right direction or repel snags encountered on the way.
Affirmations, deliberately pronounced out loud — are professional oars for rowers. Oars who know where the row is and don’t want to break.
I figured that if I said it enough, I would convince the world that I was the greatest.~ Muhammad Ali.
Keep Patience
What about people who can’t concentrate or meditate? Unfortunately, money affirmations require a lot of patience. The main purpose of positive money affirmations is to avoid negative money affirmations or affirmations-parasites. Then, you will easily make more money and get wealth and abundance. If you are always busy repeating positive attitudes, you do not have time to think negatively. Positive affirmations are a broom with which we take out the garbage from our heads every day.
Positive affirmations are the “water”, which you should drink for the whole day. People should avoid complaints and pointless nonsense.
Positive Thoughts Make Your Life Better
Join the world of positive money affirmations to attract money. Remember that today is a good day. And keep remembering your favorite money affirmations. Let it be a boy finger in your pocket who tells you how to react to upset or angry people or make this world better, and what’s more important is how to help yourself. To stay sane by the end of a hard day. Your thoughts have the power to change a life fundamentally. The only question is in which direction… The use of money affirmations will bring into your life everything you aspire to and what you dream of.
Avoid Negative Thoughts
Many of us every day have heard from our parents some words that form an inferiority complex. Words like, “You’re always getting away with everything!”, “No brains at all!” How do these words work? At first, a person starts to believe in these statements, then thinks according to the instilled stereotype, and then thoughts become a reality. Sport helps to avoid negative thoughts. If you have extra fat, you need to know how to lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks or create a Tabata workout plan.
But positive thoughts can also become a reality. As a result, affirmations will help to direct them in a positive direction. Positive statements can replace negative images fixed in a person’s subconscious and form new ones when repeated many times. This will promote positive life changes. Remember a girl from the movie “The Most Charming and Attractive”? That “spell” that she constantly repeated is a positive affirmation.
1️⃣ What are the Best Affirmations for Money?
Money is my servant. Wealth constantly flows into my life. I am a magnet for money. Prosperity is drawn to me. Money comes to me easily and effortlessly. I am open and receptive to all the wealth life offers me. I am worthy of making more money.
2️⃣ How Do you Attract Money Immediately Affirmations?
Money creates a positive impact on my life and I can handle large sums of money. I am the master of my wealth. I constantly attract opportunities that create more money. Money comes to me in expected and unexpected ways. I use the money to get my life and the lives of others better. I move from poverty thinking to abundance thinking.
3️⃣ Do Affirmations Work for Money?
Using affirmations that focus on money and wealth can change the way you look at money. This affects how you handle and interact with money, ultimately affecting how you attract and manage money. Over time, affirmations can change the way you think about money to one of abundance and attractiveness.
4️⃣ What Can I Say to Attract Money?
I experience wealth as an important part of my life. I can overcome any money obstacles that stand in my way. I am able to achieve my money goals. Today I commit to making my financial dreams come true. I want more money.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Spine and back muscles are designed to reduce pain, improve flexibility, and counteract the damaging effects of a sedentary lifestyle and intensive strength training. A regular hanging on the bar helps in this task. You will only need to buy simple equipment for home or, more simply, go to the nearest gym or outdoor playground. From this article, you will learn about the ‘dead hang’ benefits and get recommendations for its implementation.
Which Muscles Does Hanging on a Bar Strengthen?
If you follow the correct technique of the exercise “dead hang on the bar”, the following muscle groups will work: Forearms and secondary muscles – Shoulders, biceps, and Widest back muscles.
Advantages for Your Back
Our spine is under constant pressure. Whenever we are in an upright position, regardless of whether we are standing or sitting, the force of gravity affects the back. The spine has 26 vertebrae between which soft discs act as shock absorbers. Over time, the force of gravity pulls the vertebrae down, causing the intervertebral discs to clench.
It is difficult to overestimate the usefulness of hanging from a bar. Exercising on the bar makes it possible to stretch your spine and reduces excessive pressure. Also, in its system of treatment of the spine, this exercise is used by outstanding specialists in adaptive physical culture.
The Benefits of The Dead Hang for The Shoulders
Hanging on the bar allows numerous shoulder muscles to be well stretched, which increases their flexibility, improves joint movement, decreases muscle tension, and reduces shoulder pain. While doing push-ups or pull-ups, good shoulder joint mobility allows you to exercise with a wide range of movement, which leads to a better workout of the upper body muscles.
In this way, increasing the amplitude of movement reduces the risk of injury. Beautiful and healthy shoulders are important for guys and girls, so hanging on the bar will benefit everyone.
Minimizing The Harm From Strength
Even though strength training with heavy weights is effective for creating large embossed muscles and developing strength in general, it also affects our spine. Exercises such as squats, pull, or presses can compress intervertebral discs. Depending on where compression occurs, the disc may protrude from one side or the other, causing nerve pinching. This leads to excruciating pain and weakness in the lumbar region. If the discs continue to shrink and the pressure is not released. Then a hernia occurs in which the internal contents of the disc brake and begins to press on the spinal cord. With the help of resting, stretching, and medication, it is possible to solve this problem, and the pain will soon recede, but in some cases, the disease will go into a chronic stage and require surgery.
What is the benefit of hanging on the bar if you are a bodybuilder? If you regularly practice this exercise on the bar at the end of squats and tractions (or any other exercise with heavyweights that will compress the spine), over time, it will help to reduce the impact on the intervertebral discs and reduce the risk of a hernia. You will also stretch your upper body muscles, particularly your wide back muscles.
Increasing Your Height
As a result of the force of attraction, our growth decreases with age. Proponents of exercises on the bar argue that the dead hang helps to break the effects of gravity and stretches the spine in the opposite direction. In some cases, the dead hang on the bar can help the spine stretch upside down enough to increase your growth in the short term. However, experts have different opinions about whether the exercises on the bar are useful, and there is no definitive proof that the change in growth will remain forever.
Hanging Exercise For Abs
The bar is very versatile equipment that can be used for pulling up or stretching the spine. But also for training abdominal muscles. The usual curls and bars are undoubtedly very effective exercises for the abs. But leg lifts on the bar will also help you achieve the cherished six-pack.
To do this exercise, grab the hanging bar with your hand and put your legs together. Then lift your legs straight up to an angle of 90 degrees.
Do not let your knees bend when you lift your legs. If you cannot lift your legs to a parallel position with the floor, lift them to a height that is comfortable for you.
Move slowly, so you do not use impulse power or swing. Swinging will not allow you to feel the work of abdominal muscles fully, and the exercise will be useless and even dangerous.
There are many variations of performing this exercise: with bent knees, each leg alternately. Or you can lift your legs to the crossbar itself. Depending on your fitness level, choose an option that is suitable for you. The benefits of raising your legs on the bar are great. Make sure to try this exercise in your next training session.
Develop Grip Strength by Hanging on the Bar
This is an excellent and very effective exercise for developing forearm and hand muscle strength. A hanging workout makes a significant contribution to the development of grip strength! In addition to training the muscles of the forearm, training the dead hang on the bar is useful for the spine. This exercise relieves tension from the back. Hanging exercise on both hands benefits those with a slouch or scoliosis. The dead hang can help us drastically improve our posture. Attention – if there are problems with the spine, it is necessary not to jump off the bar. But get down on the stand if you cannot reach the ground with your feet.
Types of Sports in Which Hanging Exercises Are Often Used
As an exercise, the hanging bar is rarely used in the fitness area, but it is actively used in gymnastics, climbing, parkour, and other sports. And if you look closely, it can be noted that it is where the most capable athletes meet in training, where dead hang is used properly. This is no coincidence because dead hangs (and their all sorts of variations) are the most important building base for optimal work of the upper body as a whole. Therefore, it is important for any sport.
Using the term “dead hang”, we mean first hanging straight on the bar without bent arms. But there are other options for performing this exercise.
Variants of the Dead Hang
The Passive Hang
Maximum relaxation. Back muscles are inactive. The easiest option for beginners. (If there are no problems with the health and integrity of the shoulder joints and spine, you can try starting with active hanging).
Active Hang
Selective inclusion of back muscles, arms remain straight, movements are made by scapular pull-ups (so-called “scapular pull-ups”).
Dynamic Hanging
A combination of passive and active hanging creates an impulse to perform dynamic actions such as rocking.
These types of hanging should not only be seen as a progression. But should also be trained individually to achieve the required level of preparedness.
Advantages of The Hanging Exercise
Shoulders, elbows, and wrists restore the lost ability to move freely and painlessly. Hanging on the bar allows you to use the top of the body as naturally as possible. In the passive version, we either withstand the body’s weight on the hands. Or move our natural weight in active work. Which gives a very intense boost to the adaptive response of the body. Supposing that we could exercise hanging from childhood to deep old age, then our shoulders, elbows, wrists, and fingers. And not to mention, our backs would generally not have any difficulties with healthy functioning.
The base for pulling your body up. This is especially important for various types of pulling and climbing. Dead hang is the basis for a semblance of how standing allows you to learn to walk. A deficit of hanging will become apparent at some stage of training if it has been ignored as the basis for training. Some get stuck at some level of training and can’t find the reason for their failures. For example, this applies to a common problem in women – the difficulty of pulling up to the chin.
Active dead hang is an essential tool for more advanced stages of training. For example, for pull-ups on the one hand.
Strength and endurance of the grip. If you do not have a developed grip, you cannot call yourself effective in working with your weight.
The basis for complex combinations of movements used in gymnastics. Also, parkour and other areas require improvisation and the ability to adapt to changing conditions.
The Technique of Hanging on The Bar
Now, considering the main advantages of classes at the bar, it is necessary to move on to the practical part. How to properly perform the hips on your hands?
To perform the exercise, grab the bar, placing your hands slightly wider than your shoulders. And allowing the body to hang naturally, with your legs straightened or slightly bent in the knees. Try to relax your breath – slowly inhale and exhale, focusing on relaxing your body. All back muscles are relaxed, and excessive pressure is relieved.
Keep stretching as long as you can. But try to do the exercise for a total of 30 minutes per week.
Try to bring your hanging to 1-minute.
Use sports powder “gym chalk” so the grip is strong and the hands do not slide.
Common Mistakes
There are two main mistakes that people make while hanging on the bar:
Bending of hands in elbows. Your hands need to be fully straightened to get the maximum extension of the spine.
Include the widest muscles in the back. You can automatically try to engage the back muscles as if you were about to perform a tightening. However, when performing a hang, you should focus on the complete relaxation of the upper body. And not include muscle groups.
Training of the Dead Hang and Progression?
Dead Hang on One Arm
For a single-handed hang, which is also proven by the experiences of many athletes. You must grab the bar with your right hand and place your left hand on the belt. After 20-30 seconds, change your hand. Performing the exercise unilaterally is very useful for eliminating the imbalance in back muscle development and curvature of the spine. Therefore, the benefit of hanging on one hand on the bar is there. Also, that can improve your one-arm pull-up.
Progression With Weights
To develop forearm and grip strength, you must hang for 1 minute in one approach. Gradually develop your abilities and increase the hanging time. When you can confidently hang for 60 seconds on both hands, start increasing the load and complicate the exercise. The first option is to hang an additional weight on the belt (as well as with weight-lifting). First, add 5 kg, then 10, 15, 20, and so on… With each new weight, try to increase the hanging time to 60 seconds, then increase the weight again. The second option is to hang on one hand (double the load). First, hang on the weaker hand, then immediately on the stronger hand – this is one approach. Also, try to reach 60 seconds of hanging on each hand. You can hang on one arm with an additional load if you have a solid grip.
So, now is a good time to include the dead hang exercise into your daily life. How do you do it most naturally?
The first option, this exercise, can be done at one approach at the end of each training session. Or several approaches for 1-2 times a week. Keep in mind that forearm muscles, as well as other muscles, must have time to recover. In addition, they are loaded with other exercises (pulling, pulling), so do not overdo it.
Dead Hanging on the Bar as a Way of Life
The second option is more radical – instead of “practicing” the dead hangs or including it in your daily training, we recommend a practice of hips comparable to the daily process of body movement. It should be at every opportunity and often. There is no need to wait for training. If you approach it with this philosophy, the effect will be more powerful. You must realize that you are not practicing the dead hang on the bar but simply performing natural actions.
To do it effectively, we recommend setting up reference points, which will be easily accessible to you in your environment. You can install a wall-mounted horizontal bar at home, attach gymnastic rings to the ceiling, or even make such a reference point at work. You have all the options for this.
Basic logic: If you have anchor points, you can always hang on to them. If not – of course, you have left yourself no other choices. People who have set up anchor points and made them available to themselves, their children, relatives, or office colleagues at work tend to hang much more than those who need to “go to the gym” to do so. So, the first step is to set up reference points. Please do not put it off and do it as soon as possible.
Last Word
Now, you’ve learned whether it’s useful to hang on a bar for the spine and the body. If you do the exercise correctly, it will be extremely beneficial to your body. This simple procedure, which can be done any time of the day, helps build a healthier spine. The most effective time to hang on the bar is during the hiccup phase of your workout. This is going to relieve tension and stretch the spine well. You can also pump up your abs by lifting your legs in the hanging position. This makes the bar a very versatile piece of equipment that, when used correctly, can only benefit your body.
FAQ
How Long Should I Do the Dead Hang?
It always depends at your physical shape. Try hanging with straight arms for 30 seconds to one minute before or after your workout for good results.
What Do Dead Hangs Do?
Dead hangs are not just about good grip strength. They can improve shoulder mobility, reduce shoulder pain, can minimize the chance of muscular imbalance.
How Dead Hangs Help Posture?
Hanging in the dead hang position for even 30 seconds at a time is effective in decompressing the spine and can improve your posture. Dead hangs are great for correcting your posture! They can strengthen and mobilize your entire body.
Does Hanging Build Forearms?
Yes, they also build strong forearms. You’ll realize once you give these a go – doing four sets of dead hangs per week you will feel your forearms strengthening.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Self Improvement quotes are an important part of our lives. Some thoughtful citations may change our minds and improve our living conditions and blood circulation. I have chosen the top 11 quotes to get inspired to start improving our lives. Enjoy.
“Don’t spend time beating on a wall, hoping to transform it into a door”
This incredible citation from Coco Chanel shows beating on a wall is a waste of time. Moreover, if you continue beating on a wall, the wall will begin to crumble. Wall can’t be transformed into a door. That’s why, when you bump into a wall — search for the other way. You will save a lot of time and worry less by searching for a new door. It is one of the best quotes on personal growth. Sport helps you to keep a positive mindset. When you increase blood pressure, you will improve your positive mindset.
“If you cannot do great things, do small things in a great way”
Napoleon Hill wrote a lot of beautiful sentences showing the importance of self improvement quotes. Not everyone was born to create new Google or Facebook. Most people can work on a simple job and do their best. The most important thing in our life is to be helpful to this Planet. If you have a little restaurant in a small city, it is a great business. You can help other people every day. It is the most important thing to know when your personal growth starts.
Best fighter ever
Bruce Lee quote about water
“You must be shapeless, formless, like water. When you pour water into a cup, it becomes the cup. When you pour water into a bottle, it becomes the bottle. When you pour water into a teapot, it becomes the teapot. Water can drip and it can crash. Become like water, my friend.”
Bruce Lee wrote a lot of times about progress. When you become formless, like water — you get more opportunities. People live by their principles very often. Become formless and realize your opportunities, it is the greatest self-improvement quote from Bruce Lee.
Self Improvement Quotes from Richard Branson
“There is no greater thing you can do with your life and your work than follow your passions – in a way that serves the world and you.”
Losing My Virginity is the most inspiring book you could ever read. When you read this book, you will understand how fantastic the man is. When you need a never-stop improving slogan, read Richard’s book.
A man who does not see any obstacles in the realization of his desires at all. His biography is another example that confirms the most important fact: everything in this life comes from family. Freedom of expression, freedom to choose an occupation, constant support in really difficult situations… He was not afraid to get into adventurous projects, not afraid to go bankrupt and lose everything. This way, more people would be happy and satisfied with life. Do what you love and smile.
Impossible is not Forever
“Success is not final, failure is not fatal: it is the courage to continue that counts”
I read these excellent words of Winston S. Churchill in the book:” To Pixar and Beyond: My Unlikely Journey with Steve Jobs” by Lawrence Levy. I hope you’ll also read this inspiring book. This citation means that everything you do is either growing or shrinking. You can’t be a winner forever. On the other hand, you can’t be a loser forever. You should do your best every day and progress comes afterwards. It is one of the best self-improvement quotes that I have ever read.
Then, you can keep it as long as you can or diversify it. We need the courage to continue what we do and wait for a moment of success. Only courageous people are able to continue after failure.
“Your time is limited, so don’t waste it living someone else’s life”
The Greatest self improvement quotes by Steve Jobs. We have only limited time in this body. Even if you live for 83 years, it will be just 30295 days. It seems as if you have so many days in life, but actually, you don’t, right? If you sleep for 8 hours every day, you will be sleeping 10220 days in your whole life of 83 years. So, you have only 20075 days left. You also ought to eat, go to shower, cook, work and stand in traffic. One person can’t do many things in a single life. But one person can gather other people and create something really great. You can create something at least 2 times faster when you do it with your friend. Therefore, don’t waste your time trying to become someone else. You are you.
Go to your Dream
“Those who cannot change their minds cannot change anything.”
Inspiring Quote from George Bernard Shaw. People make thousands of mistakes during their life. Making mistakes is an accepted fact in our lives. If you want to succeed, you must be confident in the things you do. When you fail, you have to analyze why it happened, and change your mind. Try avoiding principles, principles are useless. As a consequence, you keep changing your mind every year or even every day of your life. A lot of people are locked in their minds. The world is changing every day, we must change with it.
Another important thing is to respect other opposing opinions. Everyone has a personal experience in their life. You never know why other people have opposing opinions. Don’t waste your time quarrelling and disputing unimportant things.
Amazing Tiger Woods Self Improvement Quote
“People don’t understand that when I grew up, I was never the most talented, I was never the biggest, I was never the fastest, I certainly was never the strongest. The only thing I had was my work ethic, and that’s been what has gotten me this far.”
Only hard work can guarantee success for you. Even most successful people may a lack different abilities. Yet they strongly desire to do great things. Tiger wrote many words about life challenges. You can do great things without special talents. As soon as you build your own life, you will be happier than thousands of lazy talented people.
“If you wanna fly, you got to give up the shit that weighs you down.”
Thoughtful quote from Toni Morrison. Your achievements may become dazzling. All you need is to invest your time in the right people. A lot of “Friends” may just waste your time and money. Discover money affirmations to improve your finances. You should prevent anything that may waste your time and power. Successful people tend to avoid using alcohol, cigarettes, drugs, sweeties, and unhealthy food products. Guided by the principle of 80 to 20, 80% of effects come from 20% of the causes. Develop mindfulness and do only the things you need to do. Think about it.
John Wayne Gorgeous Quotes on Self Improvement
“Tomorrow is the most important thing in life. Comes into us at midnight very clean. It’s perfect when it arrives and it puts itself in our hands. It hopes we’ve learned something from yesterday.”
It is a magnificent quote from the best Western actor ever. We must know ourselves and read self-improvement quotes every day. Our past experiences help us become better. Always look back and go for the future.
“Set your house in perfect order before you criticize the world.”
Jordan B. Peterson knows that people criticize everything. What he tries to express is that people need to focus on their own lives. Clean your life from envious people and jealous critics. When you criticize other people, you waste a lot of time and energy. Thus, you spend energy on saying things that wouldn’t change. Our life is too short to criticize other things and people. Work on your own aims and build your own life!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Pull-ups are, without a doubt, the toughest and most popular exercise. Only push-ups on bars can compete with them. In general, everyone should be able to do a pull-up. But for those not intimidated by pull-ups, there is a particular challenge – one-arm pull-ups. When a tough guy hangs over an abyss in a blockbuster, caught with one hand on a ledge in the rock and holding a beautiful girl with the other – he is a master of one-hand pull-up techniques. To master it, you must first prepare in advance. And then remember how to do it properly – this is what the RaiseTwice team decided to tell in the new material.
How to Learn to Do a One Hand Pull-up?
Let’s start with the fact that you must masterfully learn how to do pull-ups on two hands. If you are already able to do about 25 reps in one set. It is desirable to do it both with a straight and reverse grip. You can try yourself in training for one hand. It is also worth mentioning that if you know how to pull up more than 30 times, you train primarily for muscle endurance, not strength. To train strength, you need to switch to one-hand exercises.
First Exercises for One-arm Pull-up
The next step is to clasp your fingers on your hands. It would help if you took the bar with both hands with the usual grip, but hold on with not all five fingers on the one hand. Use only four fingers and then pull up. Try the same with the other hand. Then leave three fingers, two and one. At this stage, you should learn to pull up five times by approaching while holding the second hand only with the help of the little finger.
At the same time, when you train your fingertips, you can try another technique. Grab the bar with one hand, try to pull up as high as you can, and slowly lower yourself. In each trial, you should do as many reps as you can. And to train these jerks is worth both the usual and the reverse grip.
The next exercise will help you train for the final part of pull-ups – when you need to raise the chin above the bar. To do this, you need to pull up on both hands with any grip, let go of one hand, and slowly lower yourself on the other, holding your weight as long as possible.
Assisted One-Arm Pull-Up
The point of hanging on with fewer and fewer fingers on one hand is to loosen this hand and shift more load to the other hand. Thus prepare it for independent pull-ups. There are other possible ways of doing it. There are a lot of other options too. For example, to hold a vertical stand with one hand and with the help of the towel or the fit band, throw over a bar for the second hand.
Step-by-step Pull-up Technique
Even after all the above-mentioned preparatory exercises, not everyone can start pulling up on the one hand just like that, even though they already have enough strength. You have to start doing it correctly, but after mastering the basic rules, you can break them.
1. One arm dead hangs – grasp the bar with the back grip, cross the ankles and hang on the fully straightened arm – in this position. The shoulder, which stabilizes muscles, is activated.
2. Start pulling up, making an effort as if you were trying to rotate the bar. It is better to do this by pressing the hand you pull up with as close to the body as possible. This way, you can better use both the back muscles and the hand.
3. Tighten up by bending your legs to your knees and raising them to a 90-degree angle. it’s easier to do this exercise in that position.
4. Lower down slowly, spending at least five seconds to make it easier and more confident in the future.
Grip Strength
Success will also depend on your grip strength, specifically how well your hands are trained. You can increase grip strength with a normal wrist ring expander.
We know that it may seem a challenging task. But by following the above tips, with great dedication and effort, very soon, you will be confidently doing one-arm pull-ups. And will shortly think about the next level: one-arm pull-up progression. We hope this article will motivate you to achieve this goal and many other tops.
FAQ
1️⃣ Is it possible to do a one arm pull-up?
A one-arm pull-up is achievable, it won’t come easily, but it is possible. Even if you’re already strong, learning the one-arm pull-up requires lots of patience and skill-specific practice.
2️⃣ How long does it take to learn a one-arm pull-up?
If you are already in a good shape, one-arm pull-ups should come along four weeks after you begin. Many will complete one-arm pull ups before then. The key here is consistency and training.
3️⃣ How do you train one-arm pull-ups?
Take the bar with both hands with the usual grip, but hold on with not all five fingers on the one hand. Use only four fingers and then pull up. Try the same with the other hand. Then leave three fingers, 2 and 1. Hold a vertical stand with one hand, and with the help of the towel or the fit band, throw over a bar for the second hand. Final part of pull-ups – when you need to raise the chin above the bar. Pull up on both hands with any grip, let go of one hand, and slowly lower yourself on the other, holding your weight as long as possible.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Right now we have to stay at home because of Covid-19. All in all, it is time to read a lot of books, play games and expand your consciousness. Games became an important part of our life. It is something similar to books and TV series. That’s why I will tell you about the best story games in the world. Furthermore, the second part of this game will be introduced on the 19th of June. In addition, HBO had started work on TV series based on this game. I’m 100% sure it is the best story game on PS4 ever. People want to play games with stories. This game has a fabulous story.
Future TV series
HBO began to work on a TV series based on the video game The Last of Us. This was reported by Hollywood Reporter. The screenwriters and producers of the project will be the show-runner of the mini-series “Chernobyl” released on HBO in May 2019, Craig Meisin and Neil Drakmann – scriptwriter and creative director of both parts of The Last of Us. The plot of the series will be based on the events of the first part of The Last of Us, but it will also cover the second part.
Make your choice in each game part
“There’s no future, burn everything, “Get out!” “Die, you stupid pig.” These are the same quotes written all over the houses. In The Last of Us, there is no faith in the future. For twenty years, the remnants of humanity have been hiding from parasitic fungus spores in quarantine zones controlled by the military. In abandoned homes or scattered camps – anywhere, and doing anything to survive. Just to survive until the next day.
But the irony is that the Naughty Dog studio is methodically and persistently taking away hope from its heroes, giving it to the players and the industry as a whole. Furthermore, I’m sure, after the Last of Us, all other video games with the story will go through a revolution.
Best story games on PS4
Thinking about The Last of Us phenomenon, you invariably come across the idea that this is not just a video game. As a result, it’s a story, a work of art or a journey – not just a “video game”. That’s why we don’t want to talk about it in gaming terms like “gameplay” or “game design”. This video game has a completely different paradigm: dramaturgy, cinematography, ethics, and culture. Due to this, it is one of the most thoughtful, fascinating, original and incredible works of digital art in the game industry.
In The Last of Us, you will find a journey full of adventures, acquisitions and losses, desperate situations, and rare moments of peace and harmony. The whole world was conquered by mutant Cordyceps. To get success and buy this game easily, discover positive affirmations that work fast.
The civilization almost died
Most of the civilization died in a matter of days, and people turned into disgusting creatures. In the first stage – “runners”, aggressive “people” are affected for 24 hours or more. After a couple of days there comes the second stage – “clickers”. Fungus sprouted from the skull. Clickers are focused solely on hearing. What people mutate into after a month of wearing the virus – see it in the game’s story.
You will take control of several characters, but there are two main characters. Joel, a tough man over 40 years old, tragically lost his daughter in the first hours of the infection. He has already passed the second decade of survival as it should be: robbery, smuggling, extortion. At some point, he and his “business partner”, a woman named Tess, go to deal with their betrayed supplier. On their way, they met the second hero – a fourteen-year-old girl Ellie. Ellie is an orphan who was born after the epidemic and has never seen the world before.
Later, they agree to take Ellie to the secret base of “Fireflies” – an opposition group. Fireflies have refused asylum in quarantine zones and decided to survive on their own. For Joel, Ellie and Tess, this is the beginning of an adventure that will take over a year.
Like any well-thought-out work, The Last of Us touches on several topics at once, raising many questions. This is not a video game about how to deliver cargo from one place to another.
This is a story about searching humanity in inhumane conditions
It’s about the relationship between father and daughter or even more — about the relationship between generations (in this aspect, the video game often echoes with another iconic work – BioShock Infinite). Joel tries to distance Ellie all the time, but he gradually pays more time and attention to her and shows more compassion. Then, he breaks down and whispers angrily: “You’re not my daughter and I certainly am not your father.” Sometimes Ellie, a cheerful and energetic child, goes away and doesn’t react to Joel’s commands (by the way, it will be reflected even in the gameplay). In the end, Ellie needs Joel as much as Joel needs Ellie.
Ellie is an attempt to atone for Joel’s sins, an opportunity to reconcile with the past. Joel for Ellie is a chance for the first time to be needed and to have a little childhood that she never had.
People with Broken hearts
Two broken people – one without family and meaning in life. The others without parents and loved ones – find hope and comfort in each other, living in a world where people kill people to eat and the last pillars of civilization crumble.
Along the way, they will meet many characters. In addition to desperately clinging to the fading hope of Tess, there will be an angry man Bill, and two brothers, very similar to the main characters. And the brother of Joel – Tommy, who has found a bride and is trying to get his past life back. Everybody has different stories, motivations, and fears, but everyone is a kind of test for Joel and Ellie. As a result, the view of the world becomes a little different, and old beliefs collapse.
If you shoot an enemy who was your friend a minute ago — you see his bloody eyes full of terror. Naughty Dog even included an episode where frightened Ellie breaks the rapist’s skull.
It’s not just violence for violence
Another very important quality – the video game is logical. You will never go into a dark and unlit corridor if there is a light and calm corridor. You will never refuse a safe car or horse to “cut a path” through a blocked highway or sewer with infected people. Sometimes, the video games themselves puts you in a very difficult position – but you believe that this is how it should happen. That’s why the story game ends the way it ends. Without pathos, shortcuts or ridiculous plot twists. The brightest stories are always the easiest. After all, these are the stories for games about people.
Naughty Dog attributes The Last of Us to the genre of action. The last of us isn’t a shooter game like Doom, it’s not an adventure like Tomb Raider, and it’s not horror like Resident Evil. It’s all together – and something new that we haven’t seen and experienced yet. It’s the work of enormous scale and incredible elaboration.
The first thing the player needs to understand is that The Last of Us is a very demanding video game, not only in terms of management complexity and constant concentration. To feel the world recreated to the smallest detail, you need to voluntarily explore it. You need to look at signs and listen to Ellie’s comments, collect notes, listen to Dictaphones, walk and look. There is practically no one left around to tell the story, so the world tells it.
Be patient
Research also has practical benefits – you are looking for supplies, ammunition, weapons, tools, parts, and medical supplies. Anything that will help you to survive. It is a critical point for further progress. When you’ve found an almost finished bottle of alcohol doesn’t mean you can make yourself a first aid kit. You should find, at least, another three or four bottles, and then after an hour or two of gameplay, you’ll get a first aid kit. The player is constantly in a state of excruciating choice, the player will never feel comfortable and too confident.
Resources, like ammo, in The Last of Us are very small
The Last of Us includes a lot of different situations and locations: a sunken railway depot, a tangled half-ruined hotel, a rusty schoolyard filled with rusty cars, an overgrown viral fungus sewage system, and an abandoned house in the snowy mountains. The video game allows the person on the other side of the screen to decide how to act. The first wish is to make everything quiet and invisible. Stealth elements in The Last of Us have an important role. The naughty dog made it very thoughtfully. Almost any clash takes place in large open (or, conversely, extremely confusing and closed) spaces, leaving space for maneuverability and variation of the passage. People are armed, see and hear perfectly, do not stand still, and constantly communicate. In consequence, the passage of the “stealth style” turns into shooting from all sides, a mad sprint from one hiding place to another and throwing bricks.
As soon as the player decides to get the fire from the holster, the rules change dramatically. The pace of the video game is accelerating, Joel starts moving faster, hitting hauntingly and shouting out Ellie’s teams. Depending on your preparation, wit, and reaction, the shootout can last from 30 seconds to 20 minutes. The skills of secrecy are tested in the fight against the infected. The battle becomes a puzzle, where one mistake can cost a life – clickers kill Joel with one bite. Any shot or explosive device will instantly attract everyone around, and there is a constant shortage of supplies for close combat weapons.
Complexities are added by the fact that “runners”, “clickers” and other types of infected people most often walk in groups and each has its methods of tracking and massacre. “Runners can see, hear and react perfectly to a flashlight, while clickers can barely see you but hear a bottle accidentally tipped over.
In the end, each encounter with the infected turns into a bunch of deaths, wasting a lot of supplies and millions of nerve cells, but then – euphoria, when you manage to get out alive.
Ellie is very helpful
You shouldn’t think that Joel has to do all the work. Ellie, managed by a very clever AI, first brings supplies and warns about the location of the enemy, then gets a gun and goes into battle on her own. I’ve come out of the battle alive many times over the course of my life just because Ellie threw a brick or cut down the throat of a clicker that grabbed me.
The beauty of the gameplay in general – and the combat system at all, is that Naughty Dog built an incredibly delicate balance between strength and weakness, between confidence and vulnerability. Now you’re a hunter, and a second later a confused victim with one bullet in his pocket. The main advantage of The Last of Us is not that it is an incredibly beautiful, thought-out, fascinating, and moderately difficult video game.
Naughty Dog studio doesn’t make video games like Nintendo, Valve or Blizzard. They create incredible storylines and games. Moreover, the balance was not always possible to maintain. But now the developers have mastered perfectly not only the artistic language but also the video game. It’s a story that’s incredibly vivid and personal, that requires complete dedication and emotional involvement. The Last of Us is the culmination of video game development at this stage. That rare case when you say not “passed the game”, but “experienced everything in the video game”. An uncompromising statement of incredible power created by incredibly talented people. Emotions are carefully gathered by almost every possible means of expression at the moment. This is something incredible.
The Last of Us Part 2
The video game takes place five years after the events of the first part and 25 years after the global catastrophe – a pandemic caused by a mutated Cordyceps mushroom in the former United States. According to the video game plot, the main part of the series will take place in Seattle and it will start in Jackson. The player will control the main character Ellie for most of the video game. She turned 19 at the time of the sequel events. Joel, the protagonist of the original part, will act as a supporting character. The main theme of the second part of the series is hated, unlike the first part, where the main theme was built around love, in a particular case between Ellie and Joel. The last of us 2 release dates is the 29th of May this year!
As a result, you start to play The Last of Us Remastered on PS4 right now and prepare for the new video game. I promise you, it is the best story game you have ever seen. This video game will change your mind.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Stress at work, wrong daily routine, bad sleep, fast snacks on the go – all this needs to be improved to maintain good shape. And often the weight problem exacerbates when combined with the early spring shuffle and increasing gusts of warmth. You see something delicious, and it isn’t easy to keep yourself in control. However, weight loss is often associated with strict diets, exhausting training, and sometimes using corsets and trimming belts. There is a huge number of scientifically proven tricks and techniques. And thanks to them, you can easily find out how to lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks.
RaiseTwice is always looking for everything that makes life much easier. So we decided to share scientifically proven ways to eliminate abdominal fat. Very often, many people know absolutely nothing about it.
Start the Day Early and Lose Weight Fast
Don’t let an extra couple of hours in bed stand between you and your dream of a flat belly. Enough sleep helps your metabolism, but sleeping too long is also not good. Scientists have found that people who sleep more than 8-9 hours and wake up after 10:45 a.m. eat 250 kcal more per day than early birds. Moreover, they have a passion for salty, sweet, and fatty food, which is difficult to resist. There are many more benefits of rising early, try it, and you will improve yourself not only in losing weight.
Brush Your Teeth More Often
A toothbrush not only polishes your teeth but also helps fight abdominal fat by using it in the morning and evening and throughout the day. A study involving more than 14,000 people established the link between brushing your teeth and losing weight. Toothpaste not only removes leftovers, which helps to forget about food for a longer. It also has a psychological effect: the brain receives a signal that the “kitchen is closed”. That little trick will surely help you lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks.
Drink Water
Maybe the best way to lose weight is old as the world, but still. Consuming enough water increases the speed at which healthy people burn calories. This was also confirmed by a study in which participants drank two tall glasses of water to speed up their metabolism by 30%. Scientists estimate that by increasing water consumption by 1.5 liters per day. A person can burn an additional 17,400 kcal per year, which is about 2 kg of weight. It does not seem much, but once you do not need to do almost anything for this, why not?
Stop Counting Calories
Dieticians advise stopping focusing on calories and paying more attention to the quality of food consumed. After all, you should agree that not all calories are “the same”. A high-calorie burger is evil, but high-calorie nuts, for example, on the contrary, are useful. High-quality natural, whole, and minimally processed products such as vegetables, fruits, nuts, and seeds. Which have a much higher nutritional value than their dietary equivalents in the form of powders and other things. These products help to tame hunger naturally, nourish the body with vitamins and minerals at its deepest level and quench the urge to eat something harmful.
Once a Week, Consciously Violate the Diet
It may sound ridiculous, but a cheat meal is one of the best tips for losing weight fast. This fairly popular phenomenon among amateur and professional athletes – suggests a planned violation of your diet. It is strictly one meal a week when you eat enough of what you normally limit yourself to. The key value of this trick is that you are deceiving your psychology. Anyone will sooner or later break down, thinking they are forbidden to eat anything that tastes good. But when you know that your efforts are guaranteed and rewarded, it is not difficult to deny yourself in their impulsive desires. In addition, this relaxation over time teaches you to enjoy food in moderate amounts, which ensures long-term success.
Less Stress
According to a study, published online by Biological Psychiatry, stress significantly slows down metabolism. Even worse, you are more susceptible to reckless overeating when stressed. And it is the fatty, sweet, and salty food that pulls us into the ‘trinity’, which is precisely the opposite of eating the right food. Scientists say that eating high-calorie food under stress later hurts your metabolism and leads to significant weight gain.
Sleep Enough
And we are returning to the quality of sleep. A full 8-hour sleep that falls during the right hours (from 10:00-11:00 pm to 6:00-7:00 am) is the best way to promote good metabolism and eliminate unwanted abdominal fat. In a study involving 60,000 women, scientists found that participants who slept less than 5 hours a day were at higher risk of obesity than those who slept within the normal range.
In another study, Finnish scientists studied twins. They also found that those who didn’t sleep enough gained more visceral fat than their brothers or sisters. And no wonder the body stores the fat since the lack of sleep increases the level of the stress hormone cortisol in the body. Moreover, a regular lack of sleep leads to a violation of the tolerance of glucose – that is, the body’s ability to process sugar into energy, not fat.
Lose 10 Pounds in 2 Weeks With Workouts Based on Science
HIIT (High-Intensity Interval Training) is a method that involves alternating short intensive training phases with less demanding, restorative periods of physical activity.
The essence of training
The HIIT example combines 15-second sprints with a 45-second slow walk (or even rest) for 10-15 minutes. In contrast to the light phases, the body is powered by energy from carbohydrates rather than fats during high-intensity periods. VIT strategy is used in two main variants – cardio (aerobic) and power (anaerobic).
Like any other workout, HIIT consists of a warm-up, basic exercise, and a hiccup.
For the best results, you can try to engage big parts of muscles like the back and legs.
We will not focus our attention on the warm-up and kick-off, as they do not differ from the classical ones.
The total duration of a workout’s interval part takes 5 to 30 minutes. Everything depends on the level of training, goals, and intensity of exercises.
Intervals are usually measured in a ratio of 1:2 between work and rest (or 1:1 for more advanced athletes). For example, you can run with maximum effort for 15 seconds and then walk for 45 seconds. And repeat this until you have spent a total of 10 minutes.
Tabata Protocol is one of the most known and effective interval training of high intensity. It is only 4 minutes of this training – and you’ll be completely exhausted and get rid of fat.
The methodology is based on creating an oxygen hunger for your body. In this case, all the sugar in the blood (glycogen) is burned. Which forces the body to look for a replacement for energy spent by finding it in the fat.
Tabata Protocol or Tabata workout – aerobic training, which mainly uses a treadmill or bicycle simulator.
Training under the Tabata Protocol only lasts a few minutes and consists of:
Warm-up – 5 minutes;
eight intervals: 20 seconds of maximum intensity exercises, then 10 seconds rest;
2 minutes at a light pace.
The secret of training is in sprint intervals. You must do your best in 20 seconds. Then rest for 10 seconds and repeat the sprints seven more times.
Plyometric exercises, power exercises with own body weight, and power exercises with lightweight are mainly used for Tabata training. For example, jumps, burpees, push-ups, squats, lunges, jumps, sharp accelerations, punches and kicks, sprints, etc. In principle, you can use any exercise for Tabata training. The main condition – is to perform them to the maximum at a breakneck pace.
Proper Nutrition Is the Main Key to Lose Weight
“Man is what he eats!” proclaims American nutritionist Jared Koch. And if you eat a lot of fast food, dough, or semi-finished products – don’t be surprised if a tired, overweight person looks at you from a mirror.
Adjusting your diet will help you lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks. It is necessary to add more vegetables. Foods with a high content of protein (eggs, turkey meat, chicken breast, seafood), and fast carbohydrates (cakes, cookies, dough) are replaced by slow (oatmeal, buckwheat, brown rice, pasta made from durum wheat).
Popular diets, where the number of carbohydrates is reduced to a minimum, do not require losing weight by ten or more pounds. Carbohydrates provide the energy the body needs for normal activities. They are perfect for the morning. Don`t choose fatty food, rich in protein, vitamins, and fibre in the evening. The fact is that in the evening, the metabolism slows down. The body is more difficult to process carbohydrates, and some are likely to become your excess weight.
Most of the advice provided above is less effective than when used in the complex. But as we all know, very often, success consists of little steps. Use these small tips to follow a proper diet, regular exercise, and recover. Use your willpower, and show a huge desire. And there is no doubt together. These methods will help you to achieve an impressive result.
How can I lose 10 lbs fast?
FAQ
1️⃣ How Can I Lose 10 Lbs Fast?
The fastest and easies weight to lost 10 Lbs fast is proper nutrition:
Drink Water;
Less Stress;
Sleep Enough;
Workouts (High-Intensity Interval Training).
2️⃣ How Much Weight Can You Lose in 2 Weeks?
Follow a proper diet, regular exercise, recovering. Using your willpower and showing a huge desire can help you to lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks.
3️⃣ Can I Lose Weight by Doing HIIT?
Yes, HIIT is a great workout routine, it will not only burn calories during the workout, but it also keeps your metabolism high enough for you to continue expending energy hours after the routine is done.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
When you want to read any book and search in google questions like:” what book should I read?” or “what to read next?” — come back to this list and choose the best for you! It is the best book to read before you die!
Losing My Virginity
It is the autobiography ofRichard Branson. RaiseTwice was created by 2 different persons to share their inspiration with others. This book inspired me to start a business and create this website. It is a remarkable story about a young guy who suffers from dyslexia. Richard started from a small magazine “Student” and created one of the most popular brands nowadays! He became one of the most successful British entrepreneurs, the founder of Virgin Group Corporation. Virgin group suffered from a few financial crises, dirty games from British Airways, and many other failures. The first edition was published in 1998.
The book describes the path of a man from a poor family. He eventually becomes one of the most successful and influential businessmen in Britain and around the world. In 2005, the second edition of the book was published in hardcover and paperback. The new edition is complemented by the latest developments, including the impact of the September 11, 2001 events on the work of Virgin Atlantic.
In 1985, he tried to get the Atlantic Blue Ribbon for the fastest crossing of the Atlantic Ocean. His first attempt on a Virgin Atlantic Challenger catamaran caused the catamaran to crack in British waters. The ship’s crew was rescued by a British Royal Air Forces helicopter. In 1986, on his ship the Virgin Atlantic Challenger II, he broke the world record by travelling two hours faster. A year later, his Virgin Atlantic Flyer hot gas balloon crossed the Atlantic. It was the largest (2.3 million cubic feet – 65,000 m³)hot gas balloon and the first one to cross the Atlantic. It had a speed of 130 miles per hour (209 km/h).
In January 1991, Branson crossed the Pacific Ocean from Japan to Arctic Canada at 6,700 miles (10,800 km) in a 2.6 million cubic feet (74,000 m³) hot gas balloon. In doing so, he broke the world record by setting a new one at 245 miles per hour (392 km/h). Can you even imagine such a high speed?
Between 1995 and 1998, Per Lindstrand and Steve Fossett attempted to fly around the globe in a balloon. At the end of 1998, they flew from Morocco to Hawaii, setting a new record but were unable to make a full flight around the globe before Bertrand Picard and Brian Jones did so in their Breitling Orbiter 3 in March 1999.
In March 2004, Branson set the record for the fastest intersection of the Channel in amphibian cars, sailing from Dover to Calais in 1 hour 40 minutes and 6 seconds on the Gibbs Aquada. The previous record, 6 hours, set by two Frenchmen.
He became a billionaire at the same time as setting these world records. It is an incredible story! This book is a must-read for everyone who dreams about founding their own company. It is one of the books everyone should read before die!
1984
When I was 19 years old, this book destroyed my imagination. It broke all the stereotypes and standard opinions. Orwell’s book is amazing! It is a fantastic part of this books list to read.
“Everything in town looked colourless – except for the posters all over the place. From every visible angle, the face of a black man was looking. From the house across the street, too. BIG BROTHER IS WATCHING YOU,” the signature said, and the dark eyes looked into Winston’s eyes…
The last novel “1984” by the cult British writer George Orwell was released in 1949 – a year before his death. It had a frenzied popularity in England and the United States, was translated into more than sixty languages, has been repeatedly screened.
“1984” by Orwell is an expression of mood and a warning. The mood that it expresses is very close to despair for the future of man. If the course of history does not change, people around the world will lose their most human qualities. People will turn into callous machines and will not even suspect it.
A kind of antipode of the second great dystopia of the XX century – “On the wonderful new world” Aldous Huxley. In fact, is scarier: the “consumer society” brought to the absurdity – of the “society of ideas” brought to the absoluteness?
According to Orwell, there’s nothing more terrible than total unfreedom… Nowadays, it is one of the best books to read before you die!
Witcher
Books by Andrzej Sapkovsky from the cycle “Witcher” – eight novels about witcher Geralt of Rivia. Novel about his friends and lovers. Novel is about his hard “work” to exterminate all evil, about a world, inhabited by elves, dwarves, werewolves, dragons, and of course, people – are known all over the world.
The saga of Andrzej Sapkovsky has long occupied an honorable place in my heart. Geralt has become a cult character not only in the world of literature, but in the universe of computer games. Based on the plot of books about Geralt, a television series was filmed.
The protagonist of the book series is Geralt of Rivia, a witcher – a fighter of monsters that threaten people. As a child parents gave him to witches who took Geralt to the old fortress Kaer Morchen He was subjected to mutations that increased the speed of his reactions, endurance, resistance to poisons, and diseases. He is well-known by several nicknames: Gwynbleidd – “White Wolf” in Eldest, Whitehead Witcher, as well as Butcher of Blaviken.
Professional killer
The main goal of the Geralt of Rivia is to destroy dangerous monsters for money. Then, in his life appear a little girl named Ciri. As a result of intrigues of kings and magicians, the witcher came into the epicentre of confrontation between the Northern kingdoms and the mighty southern empire of Nilfgaard. Geralt tries to save the young Ciri from both, but the princess of the kingdom of Zintra is destroyed by the Nilfgaards. Each faction, be it the rulers of Nordling, the Emperor of Nilfgaard, or the Capitulum of the Wizards, has its plans for Ciri. The witcher doesn’t like it at all.
One of the Best Books to Read Before You Die
He’s willing to protect the girl in the only way he knows how – by killing her enemies. To top it all off, Geralt is trying to figure out his controversial relationship with the witch Yennefer. The timid feelings of these two may not survive when the notorious “state interests” and “higher goals” enter the arena.
Rich Dad Poor Dad
This story is about a man, who brought up by two fathers: a biological and a spiritual father. Robert’s birth father was a scientist, held the views of socialism, he acted as a poor father. The author called the father of his childhood friend the rich dad. He taugh the boys from an early age to earn and develop their financial intelligence. Throughout the book, Robert compared his fathers. The rich dad from whom he learned how to behave so to the poor who did not need the things he could not afford.
The first thing Robert Kiyosaki explains to the reader is the еdifference between poor and rich. In his opinion, “The poor and the middle-class work for money. The rich make money working for themselves”. To understand how money should work for a person, you’ve to divide expenses into assets and liabilities and clearly understand the difference between them. Liabilities are mortgage payments, consumer loans, and credit cards… these are the expenses that do not bring you any additional income beyond the basic one. Assets, in their own time, are those that bring money into your “pocket”. When it comes to real estate – shares, bonds, promissory notes, intellectual property – the cash flow of a wealthy person goes as follows: the expenses go into the asset column, thus providing and creating additional income.
The middle-class has to constantly struggle with financial difficulties because their main item of income is their salary. As salaries increase, taxes also increase. Such people consider their own house as their main asset. In the opinion of the author, this judgment is erroneous because it is better to spend money on investments that bring an income than to buy a house. Robert does not say buying a house is not necessary. He just wants people not to make a big emphasis on their property. “The rich acquire assets, and the poor and middle classes are liabilities that they consider assets.
What matters is not how much money you make, but how much you can save. This is one of the most important aspects of financial literacy. People have come into a huge inheritance from a distant relative who does not always become rich, or even tied up in debt after their money runs out, as they get used to high expenses. The important difference is that wealthy people buy luxury goods in the last place and poor people in the first place.
The most important secret of the rich is corporations. They are the ones who help not to give large sums of money to the state as taxes. The owners of corporations earn money first. Then, they spend it and only in the end pay taxes. Their expenses are recorded as expenses of the corporation. At the same time, people working for corporations earn money, pay taxes, and only then do they spend money on themselves. Employees receive money, pay taxes, and try to live off what is left of them. Robert tells the reader that the majority of the people who pay tax to the state are poor and middle class. The biggest amount is paid by the top of education, i.e. professors, doctors… like his poor dad. Anyway, people who can earn will always find a legal way not to pay extra money to the state.
There are 5 main reasons that prevent people from creating large cash flows: fear, laziness, disbelief in their own strength, bad habits, arrogance.
The author of the book asks us to see the opportunities around us and to consciously take deliberate risks. Some people take more pain from the loss of money than from the joy of wealth. This fear of loss distinguishes the poor from the rich. If you see that your work does not bring you pleasure or good money — you shouldn’t afraid to leave and do something completely new. “A change in a prospective job may be unjustified in terms of financial gain, but in the end, the skills you get will bring you much more money. After all, in our world upstairs, it’s not smart, but the brave who are chosen.”
But first you’ve to gain experience to have financial intelligence. That’s why, Robert advises young people not to choose work based on salary, but on what they can learn. It is best to work in completely different fields. The more you already specialize, the more risk to work for a small salary. Be open to new ideas, because “gold is everywhere, just not all people have learned to notice it.”
I enjoyed this book because I’m interested in the topic of self-actualization in terms of career. Robert gives a lot of practical and spiritual advice to those people who want to manage their own lives. The author lays the foundation with the help of this book for the development of financial intelligence, makes you think about the difference in the availability of money between different people, and proves to us that everything is possible. The most important thing is to find a reason, because “without a good reason or a clear goal, everything in life becomes difficult.”
One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest
Sometimes it just happens so, that you want to read a book, but your mind is not ready to understand it in depth. Years pass by, and people who are not afraid of picking this book up again may be able to read between the lines, and this time fully understand the author’s ideas.
Reading modern prose, such as “Harry Potter” by J.K. Rowling or “Twilight” by S. Mayer, one day is often enough to ‘devour’ the whole book. This novel does not have such a “possibility” – my body has long rejected it as “food for thought,”. Although I appreciate the books that I need to think about. Despite this, it is worth reading: perhaps not for the first time. For the second, its meaning will open up to you as the door of an expensive store to an honorary client.
The story is being told on behalf of the Indian Bromden, although the main character is still the newly sick McMurphy who changed the entire “Combine regime” of the madhouse. Not afraid of the confident and cruel “sister of mercy” Miss Gnussen. He is in full swing changing her long-established order, bringing life to her department, and giving his patients the confidence and desire to change their lives.
The story is being told not by McMurphy, the main character, but by some Indians pretending to be deaf. Bromden, as one of those sick people already lost reality. He begins to find it when this redheaded hooligan “Mac” appears, like the others. Furthermore, the changes that McMurphy has brought can only be seen by someone who has changed and found themselves again thanks to him. Beyond that, the Indian has a power that he has completely forgotten. In my opinion, influenced the outcome of the book – for this reason, the story is not told on behalf of the new settlers of the madhouse.
Reading this book, a person who lost the taste of life can find it. A very weak human at such moments needs their own “McMurphy”. McMurphy will break the stereotypes and give a chance to change everything. He will give faith that is possible to break the “system”. It is a book with random meaning for everyone.
What I liked is the book’s vividness, but I was saddened by its hopelessness. The topic of confrontation between man and system reminded me of “1984”, though this book is more optimistic. It also recalled the “Spark of Life,” in which hope helped the human wreckage to survive. Whether they were able to become human again went beyond the novel. Here I, as a reader, hope for the limitless possibilities of the human psyche. It is the best book to read before you die!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
I read a lot of articles about renting a car in Europe. The most common questions are:” what do you need to rent a car?” “What are rent a car prices?”, “How to rent a car?”. I didn’t find any correct answers in any article. Moreover, I’m sure people writing these articles have never been to Europe. That’s why I will list all you need to know to rent a car and drive it in Europe. I will add photos of my rental cars from different trips or just nice views=)
Therefore, Renting a car in EUROPE today is not a luxury but one of the most convenient and economical ways to travel in those countries where public transport is costly. Renting a car is much more profitable than spending money on public transport. For example, one round trip for three in the Amsterdam underground will cost a minimum of 3*3*2=18 euros, while you can safely rent a car for the whole day for this money! It is a great way to save money! In addition, the more people travel together, the more tangible the benefit of renting a car becomes. And you don’t need to talk much about the convenience of car travel. In other words, I think that everybody understands that there is no more convenient way to travel on your own!
Take the key and drive!
How to rent a car
Look for the Best Deals in the Chosen City for Your Dates.
It’s best to do it online in advance. This way, it is always much cheaper.
Read Terms and Conditions Clearly
You can find a lot of hidden conditions about the second driver, young driver fee, or child seat
Book a Car on the Site.
It is a straightforward process.
Pick up the Car at the Designated Place at the Agreed Time.
Prepare a smartphone with your email address and show your car booking. Here you will need to READ and sign a contract, leave a deposit from your credit (or even debit card), and carefully search for the damage on the car. You should note all found damage in the car checklist. Make sure to record a car video where you show each scratch, snatch, pump, etc. This video shows your time and the place where you make a video.
Enjoy Your Trip.
Rent a Car at the end of the Rental Period
Rental desks
What do you need to for renting a car
A Valid National Driver’s License with Name and Surname
The driver must be more than 18 years old (depending on the rental office and the country, in most cases, 21 years). If the driver is under 25 years old, a rental car company can make an additional charge. They call it the “young driver fee”.
Driving Experience is at least one year.
Suppliers can require driving experience of at least 2 or 3 years. It can happen for luxury or sports renting cars. Read car company terms on conditions and search for young driver fees and required driving experience. It is essential.
Passport in the Driver’s Name
Prepare your passport and driving license
Personal Credit (or Debit) Card With Embossed Numbers and Name of the Main Driver
Make Sure to Take Your Credit Card
By the way, Debit cards are not accepted at international rental companies to block the deposit (Make Sure to Check T&C)
At the back of the bank card, search for the word: ”Debit”. If you can’t find this word — your card is credited. It is a foolish rule. Some local (not international) rental car companies can accept a deposit in cash or a passport. My advice is never to leave cash or documents deposit. A rental car company can check the car for a long time. In this way, you can miss your flight.
Voucher, if You Booked a Car on the Website.
You will get the voucher with rental information in your mail account.
Passport, driver’s license, and credit card MUST be in the name of the main driver
Types of Rental Offices.
We took Nissan Micro (2019) from Turisprime Office in Lisbon
There are four types of renters in the world from which you can rent a car:
Rental Car Companies Websites (dealers, brokers) of these international renters.
(On one site, there are a lot of international rental offers at once) There are a lot of such rental car companies, but I use the best, repeatedly tested by me (in different countries, not only in Europe): Rentalcars, Economybookings, DoYouSpain. It would help if you did not treat them as ordinary intermediaries, often, the prices here are even lower than when renting directly, and the site and booking system is much more convenient.
Local rental offices. Each country in Europe has it’s own
Rental Car Companies With Local Rental Offices (this is the most uncommon group)
For example, “Myrentacar” in Montenegro, Bulgaria, Greece, Cyprus, and the Czech Republic.
Each type of tenant has its characteristics. As for local tenants and their dealers, they are widespread in southern (resort) countries of Europe, but in Central and Northern Europe, it is more profitable to use international rental companies and their aggregators.
New car with a Scratch
What is a Rental Car “Aggregator”?
It is an intermediary between the renter and the client. It is where all offers from rental offices in a particular region are collected. I have ensured that the price is usually lower on such websites. Furthermore, it is important to compare insurance policies included in the price.
Sites-aggregators work at the expense of commission from each order. The more cars they have rented out, the more money they earn. Large resellers have a substantial discount from all rental offices, so they can lower the rental price than the usual rental car company.
Using a single currency to compare prices on different sites is convenient. Since we were renting a car in Europe, it is best to use the euro currency. Websites may not show correctly the price in USD.
Our Mercedes A-200 (2018) from Sixt (Berlin)
GoldCar Renter
I strongly discourage the use of this rental company. They operate in many European countries and are the worst rental company. They brazenly “divorced” us by 1065 euros. And we are not the only ones. There are a lot of such reviews on the Internet. There will be an article later and, in the meantime, a video about our sad experience:
Now, there are a lot of negative reviews about GoldCar on the Internet. There are whole communities (for example, a group on Facebook of 1600 people), so GoldCar started using other names, for example, Rhodium or InterRent:
Renter GoldCar disguises itself as InterRent
So be careful not to mess with them.
Beautiful Sparta(Greece)
I also plan to detail the car rental topic in France and Spain.
In general, there is a significant difference in terms of car rental in southern resort European countries (Montenegro, Croatia, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Greece) and the countries of central and northern Europe (Germany, France, Poland, Denmark, Sweden, Switzerland, Austria, Holland, Belgium, etc.). There is a huge number of local (local) renters I n southern countries, who often offer better options than large international car rental firms. But in Central and Northern Europe, the best offers are usually in large international car rentals.
Let’s See What Types of Insurance are Available:
Liability insurance – insurance of civil liability (compulsory insurance). In case of an accident, the insurance company will pay for the damage to the injured party.
Fire Insurance – fire insurance (compulsory type of insurance).
Renault Clio 2016 in Porto
Collision Damage Waiver (CDW) – Insurance against damage with the franchise (compulsory insurance). The franchise is the amount that you risk losing in case of damage. The insurance will pay anything above this amount. The amount of the franchise is specified in the contract as Collision Excess and may vary from €300 to €800 or more, depending on the country, rental office, and car brand.
Theft Protection (TP) – theft protection (compulsory insurance). There is a possibility of a franchise. The contract specifies the amount as Theft Excess, usually the same as Collision Excess.
Includes Refundable Excess – additional insurance for your franchise. In case of damage to the car, the renter will deduct the amount from the franchise. Then, the aggregator reimburses this amount to the tenant.
Wheels, Glass, Roof, and Undercarriage Damage Coverage – Wheels, glass, roof, and chassis. All of these items are not included in the standard CDW damage insurance. This additional insurance covers all of these items.
Peugeot 2008 (2016) from Weeze airport Europcar
Deposit and franchise are different concepts, but the amount is often the same. The deposit is being blocked on a bank card. The franchise is the amount the tenant risks in case of damage to the car.
If an insured event occurs and the car is slightly damaged, the tenant doesn’t pay the entire amount of the franchise. But only the part that is needed to restore the car.
If you have little driving experience or doubt your abilities, you should buy full insurance (without franchise) at the desk when you pay for the car. The deposit is either not blocked on the card or blocked for a small amount( up to 100 euros). as a deposit for gasoline. But in this case, the cost of car rental will increase two times (or even more). The cost of full insurance may vary from 13 to 25 euros per day or more, depending on the type of car, time of year, etc.
One of the most important things you should do before you leave the lot with a rental car is Read T&;C. Please note that there are exceptions, even the most comprehensive insurance. No insurance is valid if the driver was intoxicated or the car was damaged intentionally.
Fiat 500 from Athens airport
Pay Attention to:
The longer the rental period, the lower the cost of a car per day.
In most cases, you can’t rent a car longer than 90 days
Check insurance difference
When comparing prices on different sites, be sure to pay attention to what insurance is included in the cost of the rent. The price with and without standard insurance can vary significantly, 1.5-2 times.
You never book even car brand
In international rentals, do not book a specific car, but the type or class of the car. For example, if a Mazda 3 or similar is specified, the tenant can get a Ford Focus. Or Toyota Corolla instead of Honda Civic. Typically, replaceable cars are of about the same level; sometimes, you can get a free car above the level. But sometimes, usually in the high season (summer), when there is a shortage of cars, some unhelpful companies may give a car below the level and say it is a car of the same class. We had this situation in Portugal in July 2018. When we got an Opel Astra 1.0 instead of a Peugeot 2008 or Citroen C4 Cactus crossover. Such situations are rare.
Old school=)
Pay attention to the deposit.
This amount will be frozen on your bank card when you rake a car. Sometimes deposit amounts are very high (depending on the car hirer and brand, for example, 1000 – 2000 euros). The amount is frozen on the card and returned to the card within 3 to 30 days after the car has been delivered.
Some companies have a mileage limit. For example, Europcar in Denmark gave me an offer with a mileage limit of 630 km per week. There needs to be more. And they wanted a deposit for a Ford Focus 1000 Euros.
I use for trips around the world only two free programs, which are installed on my smartphone: Google maps and maps.. I use Google maps as a navigation program in my car, and maps. as a detailed map for hiking in unfamiliar terrain. All sights and hiking trails are marked there in most cases. Before the trip, I downloaded the maps I needed to my smartphone, so these navigation programs could work without the Internet. You can do this on the “Offline Maps” tab:
Mobile Internet in The Road
By the way, If your smartphone or tablet is connected to the internet as a navigation device, the navigation program will show you the route with traffic jams in mind. This is very important, especially in large cities.
Using the universal Orange Mundo card to get the Internet in Europe is convenient.
It will cost 7 euros for 7GB or 10 euros for 10GB of internet in Germany (4G), Austria (4G), Azores, Åland, Belgium (4G), Bulgaria, Cyprus, Croatia (4G), Denmark (4G), Slovakia (4G), Slovenia (4G), Estonia (4G), Finland (4G), France (4G), Greece (4G), Guadeloupe, French Guyana, Gurney, Gibraltar, Netherlands (4G), Hungary (4G), Ireland (4G), Iceland, Spain (4G), Italy (4G), Latvia (4G), Liechtenstein, Lithuania (4G), Luxembourg, Malta, Martinique, Madeira, Mayotte, Norway (4G), Poland (4G), Portugal (4G), United Kingdom (4G), Czech Republic (4G ), Romania, Reunion, San Martin, Sweden (4G).
I’ve found a very old Mercedes with bullet marksin Sparta
European Driving rules
There’s no big difference to the usual traffic rules. In Europe, everything is logical and clear, also, a good roads’ quality, markings, and lane directions in most cases. If you turn to the left, there is a separate lane. As a result, in all the European countries where I have been, I felt a little bit uncomfortable in the small streets of Italy, Greece, Netherlands, and Switzerland.
In addition, the use of a dipped beam is mandatory for the whole day in most European countries .
Max. speed in the city is 50, in the country, it is 80-90. On motorways, it is 110-130 km/h (depending on the specific country).
These are only the main features of European traffic rules. I always recommend reading carefully all the traffic rules for the country where you are going.
Peugeot 508 (2014) with Corgi (2015)
Motorway Features
Furthermore, there are European countries where motorway payment is made for a certain road section (Poland, Italy, France, Greece, Croatia, Portugal). At the entrance to the motorway, there are special checkpoints where you pay by bank card or cash.
There are countries where the highways are free of charge: Germany, Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Denmark, partly Spain, etc.
After that, there are countries where all expressways are paid for once for a certain period: a week, ten days, two weeks, or a month (Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovenia, Austria, Switzerland). In the latter case, you need to buy the so-called “vignette” and glue it to the windshield (or the number of the car enters into the database when paying). You can pay at the first filling station when you enter the motorway. In Portugal now are still existing highways with only electronic payment. Drivers pay by using special transponders called “Via Verde”.
Basic rules of traffic on European motorways are the same as the USA highways.
In conclusion, there are several options for fuel policy when renting a car, but the best is when you get and rent a car with a full tank of fuel. If it is possible to choose, I recommend this option. In this case, you will pay only for the fuel you have used.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Most cities have a shortage of antiseptics due to the coronavirus epidemic and quarantine in the world. In the city’s first three pharmacies, we found only one antiseptic solution, and the price was almost twice as high as usual. So we have decided to do homemade antiseptic and test the action of the product.
Ingredients for antiseptic
The World Health Organization advises using the antiseptic after proper handwashing to completely kill dangerous bacteria. Preparing the product at home is also possible- for this, you need to get medical components. According to WHO recommendations, there are two prescriptions for the preparation of the antiseptic:
Ethanol 96%;
Hydrogen peroxide 3%;
Glycerol 98%;
Sterile distilled or boiled cold water;
Isopropyl alcohol 99.8%;
Hydrogen peroxide 3%;
Glycerol 98%;
Sterile distilled or boiled cold water.
Homemade antiseptic
Our prescription should be taken more as a guide to preparing a first-aid antiseptic from any improvised means. It will be useful for people who live in remote areas of cities or for those who, for some reason, cannot go to a pharmacy on their own. Hydrogen peroxide has been replaced by Chlorhexidine, which is similar in properties. Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol was very difficult to find. We’ve found some at home in the first-aid kit, so you can replace it with an alcoholic drink with a high concentration of alcohol, such as Gin or Absinthe (medics recommend at least 70%).
Glycerin, which softens the skin of the hands, is a similar situation – we didn’t find it in pharmacies. According to recommendations from the Internet, glycerin can be replaced with essential oil – shea oil or jojoba. We used the most suitable available vegetable oil – olive oil. You also need distilled (purified) water or chilled boiled water to prepare the antiseptic at home.
We mixed it for the sample:
One spoon of water;
Five spoons of Ethanol;
Five drops of olive oil;
Five grams of Chlorhexidine.
For some recipes, add a teaspoon of aloe juice.
Mix all the ingredients one by one, pour the mixture into a closed glass or plastic container and leave to stand for 72 hours. The homemade hand sanitizer is ready for use. After rubbing, the oil remains on the hands, which should be rubbed well, but no sharp smell of alcohol can be heard.
Recipe of antiseptic solution from WHO
The recommended prescription for the home antiseptic from WHO:
Pour the alcohol for making the antiseptic solution into a large bottle or container up to a graduated mark.
Add hydrogen peroxide using a beaker.
Add glycerine using beakers. Because glycerin has high adhesive (bonding) properties to glass, the beaker should be rinsed with sterile distilled or chilled boiled water, and then pour the beaker contents into the bottle/pot.
Then pour sterile distilled or chilled boiled water into the bottle/pot to the 10-liter mark.
To prevent evaporation of the antiseptic solution, the container/bottle should be immediately closed with a cap or screw cap.
The solution should then be stirred by shaking it slightly, if possible, or using a spatula.
Immediately pour the antiseptic solution into the final product containers (e.g., 500 ml or 100 ml plastic vials) and quarantine these vials for 72 hours before use. This will allow time to destroy spore forms of microorganisms in alcohol or reusable/reusable vials. This simple recipe of antiseptic solution can save lives, or we hope at least will keep your mind clear and nerves calm. Follow all recommendations from WHO, or just read our blog about how to define coronavirus and protect your family. Wash your hands frequently, don’t forget to maintain social distancing, avoid touching eyes, nose, and mouth, stay informed, and remember that we will win that disease if we all stand together and support each other, no matter what.
1️⃣ How do you make homemade antiseptics?
Mix 1/2 cup of bleach per gallon of water or two tablespoons of bleach per quart of water. Mix ⅔ cups of bleach per gallon of water or four teaspoons of bleach per quart. Precautions when using bleach: the higher the concentration, the higher the bactericidal effect and the shorter the contact time.
2️⃣ What are the ingredients of antiseptic?
Chloroxylenol, Alcohol, Isopropyl alcohol, Povidone-iodine, Bensetonium chloride, and Benzalkonium chloride.
3️⃣ What can be used as an antiseptic and disinfectant?
Fungicides and disinfectants contain chemicals called biocides. Hydrogen peroxide is an example of a component common to fungicides and preservatives. However, preservatives usually contain lower concentrations of biocides than fungicides.
4️⃣ What is a good antiseptic solution?
Chlorhexidine, povidone-iodine, and isopropyl alcohol are the three most commonly used topical disinfectants. Isopropyl alcohol has the highest antibacterial effect but is flammable and has also caused fires in the operating room.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Winter has finally retreated, so it is time to get out of your cramped apartments and engage in all sorts of street activities. Today’s material is devoted to basketball, specifically how to shoot 3-pointers, rather than just aimlessly running around the field. It is time to find out the secret of the best 3-point shooters of all time.
Be like best 3 point shooters
A three-point shot, as well as a penalty kick in football, is one of the most spectacular moments of the game. Such a killer hit can bury the opponent’s hopes a second before the end of the match. And also won the respect of friends, showing his unsurpassed accuracy. Of course, it takes a long time to sharpen any skill. And after reading this guide, you will only instantly become Reggie Miller, Ray Allen, or Stephen Curry (the best 3-point shooters of all-time in NBA history), but you can get some useful skills. From here on out, it’s up to you: practice and perseverance, and one day you’ll succeed.
The three-point shot in its current form appeared in 1967 in the ABA (American Basketball Association) championship, and later it was adopted by the NBA. It’s interesting that in the NBA, the distance of the three-point line is 23,75 ft from the ring, and in the American university championship, it’s much smaller – only 19,75 ft. The standard distance for most venues in the rest of the world is 22,14 ft.
Types of shooting in basketball
Start basketball shots from a close range
Start training if you’re serious about impressing everyone with your abilities. The first exercises are better to start at close range. Step about half a meter from the ring and gradually move away. When training from a close distance, you should throw so that the ball hits the ring without hitting its edges. The main thing here is to bring the muscle movements to automatism.
Preparing to 3 point shooting
First, you should completely relax the body – mainly your hands and arms (but do not spend too much time on it). Look at the ring, and focus on a specific target. Feel the ball in your hands. You can spin it a little and scratch it several times. Then you need to carefully build a picture in your head of how the ball hits the ring. Try to imagine its trajectory in your mind: when throwing from long distances, it is a parabola with a maximum height of about two meters above the ring.
Legs position
Position your feet slightly apart parallel to each other, and orient them to the middle of the basket. In this position, the direction of the body’s kinetic moment during the jump will coincide with the direction of the throw. If the feet are uneven, additional effort must be made to dampen the body’s energy. The range and accuracy of the flight will be very different from the intended one in this case.
Hand position
The weaker arm should be a guide and should be on the side of the ball. The stronger arm should be the throwing arm and should be at the front. The fingers are open, and the ball should lie on them without touching the inside of the palms. The elbow of the throwing arm must be approximately in line with the basket and bent at an angle of 90 degrees.
The world record for three-point hits belongs to Anthony Miracola (USA) in Temperance, Michigan, USA, on 24 February 2019.
All of Anthony’s 31 shots were made in a row, in one minute, without any misses in between them.
Moment of three pointer
Take a deep breath and exhale to make a throw. At the moment of the throw, the arm is fully straightened, the wrist directed upwards. And the hand tells the ball to rotate around the horizontal axis opposite the flight. The ball rolls off the index and middle finger at that moment. In the final stage, there must be a movement of the brush carrying the ball. At this point, the ball must be above the player’s eyes but at the same level as the target. The greater the distance, the greater the amplitude of the swing and the final effort.
Common mistakes in shooting practice
To bend the hand by less than 90 degrees. In this case, the trajectory will be more horizontal, and the throw will turn into a throw.&
Shoulders and back are swung back. Then the amplitude of the movement will be greatly increased.
The ball tears from its ring’s finger. This causes it to rotate laterally so that the accuracy reduces.
The guide arm interferes with the direction of the throw.
Using the shield While 3 point shooting
Using the shield is a little cheating, but if the three-point can decide the game’s fate, why not. You can see a rectangle drawn on all the basketball boards. When you are opposite the ring, you should aim at the middle of the upper part of the rectangle above the ring. If you are on the side – you should aim at the corner of this rectangle near you. If you hit it, the ball will almost be in the ring.
There are no tricks here. The main thing is to dodge the opponent. Forget about everything for a second and concentrate on the ring. If you believe that the ball hits the basket, it will happen. And, of course, it takes work and perseverance.
Do not forget to try all advice you’ve got above after reading this guide. It is necessary! The article will not make you an NBA player in a short time. But it will definitely improve your skills in shooting three pointers. Good luck on your way to being like the best 3-point shooters of all time, and enjoy it!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
We`ve talked about how to measure blood pressure in the previous article. Here we’ll show the 14 best ways how to improve blood circulation naturally.
Top Exercises to Improve Blood Pressure:
15 Minutes Walking — 2 Times Per Day
If your blood pressure is high, you should sleep 7-8 hours per day and regulate your daily physiological rhythm. Simple remedies can improve sleep – a quiet walk in the fresh air, a warm foot bath or a public bath. You shouldn’t eat before sleep. Try not to use electronic devices one hour before sleep. Excess weight is the main reason for high blood pressure. That’s why you have to improve blood circulation ASAP. Physical activity helps in reducing obesity. Dynamic activities such as walking are more effective than other static activities. Simple exercise, such as vigorous walking for 15 minutes twice daily, will normalize your blood pressure and reduce weight. You will reduce the risk of death from stroke or heart attack.
Physical activity increases resistance to stress and positively influences the functional state of the central nervous and cardiovascular systems. Regular physical activity lowers systolic and diastolic blood pressure by an average of 5-10 BHg. Walking for at least 30 minutes daily (2 times for 15 minutes) is the best physiological everyday exercise. You can swim in the pool, play badminton, tennis or cycle sometimes. Walking every day is the most important thing and the best exercise for improving blood circulation. It is better to walk every day than cycle three times per week. Fast walking is even better protection against hypertension, diabetes, and heart disease than running. Try to walk as fast as you can for these 15 minutes. It’s important to walk in the same rhythm for 15 minutes.
Yoga — 1 Hour Per Week
Yoga is a low-intensity exercise to increase blood flow. When you move slowly, the blood fills all your cells and organs. When you do tilts, the blood flows to your organs. Positions with your head down contribute to blood movement from the lower half of your body to the heart and brain. Yoga is suitable to prevent cardiovascular diseases. Regular exercising also normalizes blood glucose levels, providing vascular protection. Try to practice it once per week a day when you don`t have stretch exercises. It’s best to practice yoga with a coach(for a start).
Contrast Shower — 2 Times Per week
To improve circulation in legs and rejuvenate the body, take a contrast shower or dip yourself in cold water after a warm bath. This strengthens your blood vessels very effectively!
Benefits of a contrast shower:
Contrast showers help to improve the immune, endocrine, and nervous systems.
This exercise to improve blood circulation is also beneficial in preventing many diseases and viruses.
A contrast shower helps to strengthen and maintain the tone of peripheral blood vessels, increases their elasticity, and improves blood circulation.
This effect is also beneficial in preventing hypertension. It speeds up metabolic processes and improves stress resistance and the condition of hair and skin.
It increases libido and reduces the risk of varicose veins. Contrast showers are an effective exercise for blood circulation. It is a way to reduce fatigue and vitality and improve ligament and muscle strength.
Take it, as a rule, two times per week. It also rejuvenates the whole body.
4) Walk on the Stairs — 10 Floors Per day
It is the easiest and most reliable way to develop muscles and increase circulation. The fact is that weak muscles reduce blood circulation. Walking on the stairs stretches and develops the calf muscle perfectly. It is an excellent preventive exercise prone to varicose veins! The stair descent is also effective, so do not use the elevator to get to the first floor after practice. Climbing on the stairs strengthens the hips, calves, and back muscles. If you have back issues and bad blow flow, it’s the best thing you can do. When someone asks: “how to improve blood circulation,” — point with a finger to the stairs. Start with a warm-up of the joints and conclude by stretching the back, buttocks, and hip muscles. So, you need to warm up your joints, climb ten floors and go down, then start 10 minutes of stretching. We’ll tell you about it in the next paragraph
A few more tips:
The “walk” must be flat, with no stops or breaks in the stairs.
Walk as you would in normal life, stagger evenly and put a strain on your muscles.
There is no need to stack on the railing, bend your torso.
It is important to keep the same pace.
Stretching — 10 Minutes Every Day
This is especially important for people whose work is related to a predominantly sedentary lifestyle. In this rhythm, people usually relax their body too much and bend forward, which leads to oxygen deprivation. Oxygen is essential for us to stimulate normal blood circulation. A sedentary lifestyle is a reason for unnecessary folds on the abdomen and oxygen deprivation. It deprives the body of what stimulates normal blood circulation. That’s why do not forget to go for a walk after sitting a long time in one position.
Stretching of the Muscles to Improve Blood Circulation
Physical exercise plays a significant role in human life. Through regular physical activity, all internal processes take place in a normal way. As a result, your body stays strong and healthy for years. A healthy lifestyle and active leisure activities are becoming increasingly popular daily. If you go to the gym, you need to alternate physical training with stretching to get the maximum effect from training. This is the only way to strengthen the muscles and make the body beautiful and graceful. Stretching is a fairly simple series of exercises that can be carried out in the gym or at home. The most important thing is to follow the rules of the exercises and do them regularly. Only elastic muscles can transform your body.
Advantages of stretching
Stretching helps to eliminate back pain, improves posture, and relieves muscle aches after training or a long sitting day. By increasing the elasticity of the muscles, blood circulation is accelerated. After that, all internal organs and tissues receive sufficient oxygen and nutrients. It has a positive influence on their condition and functioning. People who constantly do muscle stretching are always in a good mood because their muscles are constantly under tension. It is also worth remembering that stretching positively affects the coordination of movements. Moreover, it helps to normalize blood pressure. Consequently, if you want your body to be healthy, don’t forget to include stretching in your set of compulsory exercises.
Exercises Guide to Improve Blood Circulation
Stretching must be carried out according to a particular principle, subject to specific rules and recommendations, like any other form of physical activity. You can only get the best out of it and not harm your body. The first rule of stretching is a compulsory warm-up. Start stretching after 15 minutes of walking or climbing ten floors. All stretching exercises should be carried out slowly and without jerky movements. Remember that stretching does not have to cause serious muscle pain and discomfort. Remember to keep an eye on your breathing, which significantly influences the effectiveness of stretching. Breathing is also essential for your blood flow. Any strain on the muscles must be accompanied by exhalation and their relaxation through inhalation.
A Series of Stretching Exercises
This training lasts 10-15 minutes. It is ideal for people who are always in a hurry. Some exercises require a wall, chair, or other balance support. Each exercise should be performed within 1 minute.
1) Feet shoulder-width apart, arms at chest height folded in front of you. Turn the body to the left and then to the right. Repeat the movements for 1-2 minutes.
2) Roll shoulders back behind you behind your ears and back down. Then roll them back forward. Roll it for 1-2 minutes.
3) Standing, feet apart at shoulder width. Make a lunge with your right foot. Make sure your left leg is straight. With your left hand, grasp the right hand just above the elbow and pull it towards the left shoulder. Stay in this position for 10 seconds. Stretch your arm and leg as well as you can. Repeat the same movements with the other leg and arm. Make three attempts for each leg/arm
4) Stand sideways against the wall. Place your left-hand palm on the surface of the wall and carefully turn to the right to stand with your back at the turning point. Keep your palm in place and keep your hand straight. You will feel stretched through your chest. Stay for 15 seconds, then reply with another hand. Reply three times for each hand.
5) Stand sideways against the wall. Place your left-hand palm on the surface of the wall and carefully turn to the right to stand with your back at the turning point. Keep your palm in place and keep your hand straight. You will feel stretched through your chest. Stay for 15 seconds, then reply with another hand. Reply three times for each hand.
6) Lift your arms above your head and bend your elbows. Your forearms are behind your head, then grasp your right elbow with your left hand. Drop your right hand towards the middle of your shoulder blades. You will feel stretched on the outside of your right arm. Pull your right elbow towards your left shoulder to deepen the stretch. Reply for each hand three times.
7) Lie face down on the floor with hands in front of you, elbows bent to make a diamond shape. Then, straighten your elbows. Your chest begins to lift on the floor, and you feel the stretch along the front of your abdomen.
Best Tips to Improve Blood Pressure:
Use Standing Desk
Sitting in a chair for many hours harms your back and blood flow. It weakens leg muscles and causes circulation issues. It’s the reason for contributing to blood clots. If you spend a lot of time near the computer, try to spend half of your walking day while standing near the desk. It takes some time to get used to it, but it will be useful for the body’s muscles, back, and blood circulation. A height-adjustable desk allows you to work while standing up. We recommend you combine standing and sitting during your workday. So you work for 8 hours, stand for 2 hours, then sit for 2 hours and repeat. You’ll lose more calories and improve blood circulation. You’ll also improve your concentration. If you work from a laptop, we recommend using an external monitor. It’s easier for a human to look up than down. As a result, it’ll improve blood circulation in the neck. It will be beneficial for your sight.
Drink Enough Water
The body retains sodium when a person doesn’t drink enough water. This element saves from dehydration. On the other side, its high content increases blood pressure. Moreover, the lack of water causes the body to close capillary channels. As a result, there are high-pressure products in the vessels, and hypertension appears. To avoid suffering from high blood pressure, it is necessary to drink enough fluids: 8 to 10 glasses of 200 ml per day. You should not drink more water, because drinking more fluid puts a strain on the kidneys and the digestive system. It is impossible to ignore high blood pressure because the heart starts working less efficiently and increases the risk of heart attack or stroke.
Get Rid of Stress
Anxiety is a negative emotional state arising in situations of uncertainty. You should know how to improve poor blood circulation, to reduce stress in your life. Your stress and blood flow are extremely connected things. Anxiety is the cause of a spike in blood pressure. If episodes of anxiety occur frequently, it can become a reason for permanent hypertension. When people are stressed, epinephrine (adrenaline) and cortisol secretion increase. These hormonal upsurges raise blood pressure, speed up heart rate, and constrict blood vessels. When the stressful state ends, the blood system returns to base conditions, and blood pressure returns to normal. But, frequent spikes in blood pressure can have negative consequences.
How to Avoid Stress
Don’t abuse alcohol, and don’t overeat. Some people think that alcohol or food can calm a person down and relieve stress. This is not true, alcohol is a strong depressant. Overeating is a reason for the bad mood and sleep.
Exercise regularly. Aerobic exercise promotes the release of endorphins – natural substances that relieve pain and improve your mood.
Don’t take on things you can’t handle.
If you have too much work, you shouldn’t work more than usual. If you often work overtime, you’ll lose concentration and productivity in the long term perspective.
While it is not possible to completely rid life of stressors, it is possible to reduce their harmful effects on the body: Do only one thing in a certain period, do not try to do everything in a row.
Take a break if you feel the “surge” of stress. Take a rest, relax.
Reply to emails or messengers 2-4 times a day. If your colleague or family has urgent news or tasks for you — they will call you. In other cases, you can answer by email or message later. If you start work at 9 am, open the email box at 10 am, then at 2 pm, then at 5 pm. Check the smartphone at 1 pm, 6 pm, and 10 pm. Try to avoid most of the messages in the morning. Remember, it’s your smartphone or laptop. You own these things. They don’t own you. Try to take frequent walks in nature, 2-3 times a day.
Go to bed at the same time. The bedroom should be quiet and dark. Do not drink coffee or tea before going to bed. Ventilate the room before going to bed. Only use your phone or laptop an hour before bedtime. Don’t strain your brain an hour before bedtime.
To deal with stress, you must learn how to relax. Close your eyes for 1-2 minutes and breathe deeply. Find quiet instrumental music and listen to it to relax for a few minutes. It’ll help to clear your mind.
Don’t Cross Your Legs
seven reasons to stop crossing your legs and improve blood circulation in your legs.
In this position, the veins of one leg are pinched under the weight of the other. This disrupts the outflow of venous blood and thins the venous walls. It’s the most common reason for veins` varicose.
This position is very dangerous for people with a high risk of blood clots, as the obstruction of normal blood flow increases the risk of vein thrombosis.
Sitting with crossed legs for a long time will adversely affect your posture. When you sit in this position for a long time, the lower part of the spine warps. As a result, you’ll have back pain.
This pose is especially harmful to pregnant women or people with heart diseases, as blood may contain insufficient oxygen.
Crossing legs is a reason for a temporary blood pressure increase. We push blood to the heart by clutching the blood vessels, which puts a lot of stress on it.
Yogis believe that this pose harms human energy. In this position, the flow of energy between the body’s energy centers and chakras is blocked, negatively impacting overall health.
It doesn’t look pretty.
Cut Back on Alcohol
Alcohol consumption initially raises blood pressure and then drops below normal. If you drink alcohol regularly, your blood pressure is always higher than normal. Moreover, it’s perilous to drink alcohol every day. The more time you drink alcohol day by day, the higher becomes the danger of high blood pressure. Daily drinking alcohol is very harmful as blood pressure does not have time to fall to normal. Alcohol contributes to obesity even more than sugar.
Don’t Drink too Much Coffee
What happens when you drink coffee and smoke? Many people enjoy such moments of “rest”. Meanwhile, the following happens: smoking immediately increases pressure in 5 minutes, and coffee increases significantly in 1 hour. When you combine coffee and cigarettes, pressure increases to 10 mm Hg in 5 minutes and maintains for 2 hours or more. An increase in heart rate characterizes young people after drinking coffee. How caffeine affects your blood pressure depends primarily on your body’s characteristics. For example, if you have low blood pressure (hypotension) and drink coffee, your blood pressure will rise to normal after a while. But if you have normal blood pressure, it’ll rise to more than normal. As a result, coffee is hazardous for people with high blood pressure.
Give up on Nicotine
Smoking is a reason for the rapid deterioration and aging of the cardiovascular system and hypertension development. If you smoke one cigarette every 30-45 minutes, your small blood vessels go into a spasm lasting for 20-30 minutes! Those who smoke a pack of cigarettes daily have their blood vessels in a constant state of spasm. Nicotine causes the narrowing of blood vessels. Arteries of smokers lose their elasticity and become dense, brittle, and fragile. Permanent spasm of blood vessels caused by smoking is a significant factor of hypertension. In Conclusion, you need to change your life step by step and follow the tips from this article.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Video games have become authentic learning tools, although their benefit in education has raised a heated debate. Opponents claim that video games are pointless and mind-numbing in education, whereas proponents suggest that video games can boost learning. Meanwhile, parents should not be scared if their children are gamers, because the benefits of video games are in improving learning in the following ways.
Main Benefits of Video Games:
Boost Memory
One of the video game benefits is that it boosts the memory and cognitive performance of a person. Gamers have increased brain activity in the hippocampus part of the brain that plays a role in learning and memory. Creative thinking and problem-solving require cognitive flexibility, which students can achieve through computer games. Video games allow students to think as a network instead of their own, and enable them to be free-thinkers.
Teach Basic Economics
Video games inflict digital scarcity, obliging players to compare the benefit incurring costs, making tradeoffs, and weighing the advantages of various courses of action. An excellent example occurs in the role-playing game (RPG) genre, where players encounter difficult decisions between skill trees and different specializations. Besides, cooperative players have to make tough choices, indicating the opportunity cost of choice instead of the memory cost. You may use game currency to purchase skills, but gamers know that the actual costs of their decisions are the skills they forego. In this case, acquiring virtual skills is unlike acquiring human capital. Professionals from Evolution-Host sure that video games also give players entrepreneurial thoughts. Entrepreneurs focus on solving problems in the marketplace and video games make them think the same in the virtual environment. Entrepreneurship, cost, and choice are a few economic concepts illustrated by using video games. The contribution of video games in teaching basic economics may be difficult to understand.
Improve Socializing
Another reason why video games are helpful is that they stimulate children to interact with their peers. They create a common platform for kids to make friends, hang out, play together and spend adequate time with their friends. Many games require plays to collaborate or compete against each other. Children tend not to enjoy playing alone. They are always in need of a partner to interact with. Instead of isolating themselves, they call their friends to keep them company and enjoy the game together. In the process, children refine their communication skills, helping them build positive relationships and high self-esteem.
Learning of New Words
How can video games help you learn new words? Video games can help you improve comprehension, reading, and speaking skills. While struggling with vocabulary, they help you learn by practising. In this perspective, video games need the incorporation of listening, reading and speaking. They give students the confidence to make language mistakes to learn. Students can practice the language and develop their cognitive and linguistic abilities during the process.
Improving Hand Motility
Hand motility is another way video games can be useful in learning. Today, people mostly use gaming pads to play computer games. Whether playing car racing or FIFA, you need to move your hands continuously to control the pads. The same occurs when playing games on your phone. In other words, computer games demand that you use your hand to control the game. This movement of hands improves hand motility. With hand motility, one’s ability to perform tasks that need the hand can increase.
Learning by doing
The use of video games can make learning more engaging. It teaches children to be more practical, which increases their ability to retain information. Video gaming also increases the participation of students in in-class activities. Children who were previously not participating in class can gain interest in class activities through video games. This case demonstrates how video gaming is a vital tool in learning.
Problem-solving
Another reason why video games are good for you is that they help you develop problem-solving skills. People who use video games are often challenged in various ways. Using computer games help students to solve those challenges within a short time. Educational games can provide specific content and reinforcement within the context of a problem or solution. Some games allow you to think of the problem and the appropriate solution to that problem. Playing such games increases your chances of becoming good problem-solvers.
Non-cognitive Skills
Video games can help learners to develop non-cognitive skills such as patience, collaboration, and discipline that demonstrate how they behave and learn. Such skills are hard to get from a traditional classroom setting or a textbook. Many games require resilience and calculations to determine the next move. Rushing the game might lead to a loss. To win the game, you need to be patient and keen before making any decision. You can acquire those skills and apply them in life I n the process.
They teach technical skills
Children may develop an interest in technology through video gaming. This is important for them because, through it, they can start building a career. For instance, kids exposed to computer games in class may have an interest in programming and coding, which may encourage them to take computer courses in college.
Boosts Attention
Gaming can also improve the attention of a learner. Most video games require concentration, and when incorporated into education can help students with difficulties in paying attention to stay focused on class activities. Today, it is one of the treatment approaches for students with Attention-deficiency hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Although children with ADHD cannot pay attention, they can play video games for nine straight hours. Therefore, using video games in class would increase students’ ability with attention problems to pay attention in class. The impact of video games on boosting attention is an interesting topic that I need to research. However, it needs some psychological knowledge which I do not have.
Visual Processing
Video games improve visual processing. Games can support the parts of the brain responsible for skills like spatial awareness. Students can have an immersive visual experience through video games. Normally, educational video games and simulators educate on computer programming, algebra, flight training, and biology. In particular, simulation games can enhance the development of soft skills in children, leading to an increase in self-esteem and leadership recognition, team-building, and socialization skills. Children gain an interest in what they see. Video games such as car racing and flight simulators give children a vision of driving a car or flying an aeroplane.
Gaming can Help in Group Work
Most educators admit that learning promotes socialization and cooperative learning to increase engagement and allow students to be quick learners because they can learn from their peers. Video games can enhance group learning since games allow communication and teamwork. Students can utilize these valuable skills in class to improve their academic performance.
Supporting the use of video games does not mean we are advocating for the implementation of computers in the classroom. However, there are a lot of benefits of video games. We have seen the advantages of video games in class, and we only encourage teachers to use them when necessary. Today, children are up to computer games as opposed to traditional play. Just like traditional play, video games have benefits in the learning process.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
If you want to lose weight quickly, as well as qualitatively improve your shape, regular exercise on the Tabata protocol is a great way to achieve the goal. We offer you the most complete guide to Tabata workouts with a detailed description of their features and benefits, as well as a ready selection of Tabata exercises + exercise patterns.
History of Tabata Training
Tabata training is high-intensity interval training, the goal of which is to perform the maximum number of movements in the minimum amount of time. Tabata has gained incredible popularity among those who train, because of its very simple and versatile methodology. In tandem with other high-intensity workouts, Tabata is gradually replacing classical aerobics and moderate-intensity cardio in the schedule of fitness enthusiasts.
In 1996, Japanese physiologist and doctoral student Izumi Tabata conducted research to find an effective way to increase the endurance of athletes. Izumi Tabata and a team of scientists from the National Institute of Fitness and Sports in Tokyo have chosen two groups of exercisers. For six weeks, one group of athletes exercised at medium intensity (MI), and the other group exercised at a high intensity (HI). The MI group was training five days a week for one hour, and the HI group was training four days a week for four minutes.
As a result, the MI group had better aerobic performance (VO2max – the amount of oxygen consumed – increased by 5 ml/kg/min), but almost no change in anaerobic performance. The second group also had an increase in aerobic system performance (VO2max increased by 7 ml/kg/min) and anaerobic endurance increased by 28%.
The aerobic system works during light, low-intensity exertion (jogging, walking, quiet cycling). The anaerobic system activates short-term heavy loads (sprinting, lifting large weights with low repetitions, explosive movements) or prolonged intensive loads (high-intensity interval training, middle-distance running).
Developing different types of endurance will improve your performance in any sport and will come in handy in everyday life. It will be easier for you to climb stairs, carry heavy things, and perform similar everyday tasks.
The Tabata protocol had been tested in a rigorous scientific setting. And it had become one of the strongest proofs of the effectiveness of training. Dr Izumi Tabata had authored and co-authored more than 100 scientific articles in the world’s most famous sports publications. His name has become a household name due to the invention of this training method, which is very popular all over the world.
What Is the Essence of the Tabata Protocol?
Tabata training has the following structure: 20 seconds maximum load, 10 seconds rest, and repeat this cycle 8 times. That’s the one Tabata round, it only lasts 4 minutes, but it will be a crazy 4 minutes! You have to give it 100% if you want to get results from a short workout. The workload has to be sharp and explosive. Tabata is a special case of high-intensity interval training (HIIT).
So, once again, about the structure of the Tabata round for 4 minutes:
20 seconds intense load;
10 seconds rest;
Repeat 8 cycles.
There can be several such 4-minute Tabata rounds, depending on the overall length of your workout. Between Tabata rounds, you are expected to rest for 1-2 minutes. If exercising at maximum, usually 3-4 Tabata rounds are enough for a full load. In this case, the total duration of the workout will be about 15-20 minutes.
How Is Tabata Different From Cardio Training?
During a cardio workout, oxygen is the only and sufficient source of energy. This type of exercise is called aerobic (involving oxygen). During an intense Tabata workout, oxygen becomes scarce and the body goes into an oxygen-free anaerobic mode (without oxygen). In contrast to aerobic mode, it is not possible to train in the anaerobic zone for a long time.
However, these are short anaerobic workouts that are very effective for fat burning. And especially after training for endurance development, muscle strength, and growth. Anaerobic exercise is real stress and a test of endurance, but in the end, it is what makes you stronger.
Who Is Tabata Workout Suitable for?
Tabata training is suitable for everyone who has experience in training (at least an intermediate level of training) and has no health contraindications. It is especially useful to perform exercises in Tabata-mode on a regular basis for those who:
wants to avoid stagnation in training, including speeding up muscle growth
wants to get new sensations from the training
wants to develop his endurance and improve his physical health.
But if you are just starting to train, don’t rush straight into Tabata training. It is recommended to pass to them only after 2-3 months of regular cardio and strength training.
WHO IS NOT SUITABLE FOR a set timer for 4 minutes?
We emphasize once again, that Tabata training does not suit everyone! If you decide to start exercising with the Tabata system, make sure you do not have any health contraindications.
Tabata Training Is Not Suitable for:
Those who are not physically fit and have no experience
Who have had cardiovascular problems
Those who have problems with the musculoskeletal system and joints
Who stick to a low-carbohydrate diet or mono-diet
Those who have low endurance.
However, if you choose uncomplicated exercises, you can do Tabata and beginners.
How Do Tabata Exercises Correctly?
EXERCISES FOR TABATA TRAINING
Basically, plyometric exercises, power exercises with own body weight, and power exercises with lightweight are used for Tabata training. For example, jumps, burpees, push-ups, squats, lunges, jumps, sudden accelerations, punches and kicks, sprints, etc. In principle, you can use any exercises for Tabata training. The main condition is to perform them at the maximum at a very fast tempo.
Approximate schemes for performing a 4-minute Tabata round:
The same exercise is being repeated for all 4 minutes in 8 sets;
Two exercises alternate (ABABABAB);
Two exercises are paired (ABABABAB);
Four sets of one exercise followed by four sets of the other (AAAABABBBB);
Four exercises alternate (ABCDABCD);
The four exercises are paired in pairs (AABBCCDD);
Different exercises (e.g., different muscle groups) are performed in all 8 sets.
If you don’t like to repeat the same exercises, then take a workout where several exercises are alternated at once. If, on the contrary, you do not like constantly changing exercises during the class. Then take a variant with one or two exercises in the Tabata round.
How Long Does It Take to Do a Tabata Workout?
One round of Tabata lasts 4 minutes, then 1-2 minutes of rest and the next round begins. How many Tabata rounds you can endure depends on your stamina. On average 3-5 rounds are usually enough for a full Tabata workout, and the time is 15-25 minutes.
On the other hand, if you prefer long programs, you can do Tabata workouts for 40-50 minutes. In this case, structure the class in such a way that one ultra-intensive round alternates with a less intense round. For example, set a timer for 4 minutes, do explosive burpees, and for the next 4 minutes, you will do a quiet bar. During these exercises, you’ll be able to recover. Your breathe so that you’ll be able to give it your best again in the next round.
How Often Should I Do Tabata Exercises?
If you want to lose weight, you should do Tabata workouts 3-4 times a week for 15-30 minutes. Or 2-3 times a week for 40-45 minutes. It is not recommended to do intensive Tabata training every day. Because it is very draining for the central nervous system and can lead to overtraining.
If you keep in shape or want to add Tabata training to weight training, it is enough to do Tabata training 2 times a week for 15-30 minutes. You can do HIIT programs instead of classic cardio. Tabata exercises are better performed after the power load if you perform them on the same day. By the way, intensive exercise on the Tabata protocol is very useful to perform if you have formed a stagnation in the growth of muscle mass in the period of strength training. With Tabata exercises, you will not build muscle mass. But such programs are very well suited for getting out of stagnation in the growth of strength indicators.
it does not matter what time you train with the Tabata system for burning fat: in the morning or the evening. You should be guided by your biorhythms and individual possibilities. However, it is not recommended to do intense workouts on an empty stomach and before going to bed. Tabata workouts are very gruelling and exhausting, so be prepared for the fact that you will feel tired after the class. Especially at first, when the body is just adapting to the load.
Can I Always Do the Same Exercises?
Try to change the set of Tabata exercises without repeating the same program more than three times in a row. Your body gets used to the loads, so if you train the same exercises, their effectiveness gradually decreases. Change not only the set of exercises but also their order. For example:
Fourth week of Tabata: 180-degree jumps, spider bar, high knee elevation run, lunges
You can go back to the old routines as well. But try to change the order and add new Tabata exercises. Below you will find some ready-made plans with different exercises.
The Main Rules to Follow!
If a workout is performed on the principle of 20 seconds of work, 10 seconds of rest. It wouldn’t mean that it will be a Tabata workout. For true Tabata, you need to do 20 seconds of exercise at your maximum to make the workout an anaerobic workout. Your goal is to do the most reps in the least amount of time.
The load must be explosive and very intense, which is why a Tabata workout cannot last long. Usually, 15-25 minutes is enough if you train at full strength. You can work out intermittently on a Tabata timer at a medium pace. But for best results, the workout should be short, fast, and very intense. If you like long workouts, alternate between 4 minutes of high intensity and 4 minutes of low intensity. In the next article, we will discuss a detailed plan of exercise. Also, Tabata workout progress benefits and the best Tabata timer! To be continued…stay tuned!
FAQ
1️⃣ How is the Tabata workout structured?
The Tabata workout has the following structure: 20 seconds of maximum exertion, 10 seconds of rest, and repeat this cycle 8 times. This is one round of Tabata, it only lasts 4 minutes, but it will be a really crazy 4 minutes! You have to give it 100%.
2️⃣ What is the history of Tabata?
Tabata training (also called the Tabata protocol) is a type of HIIT (high intensity interval training). It originated from research by Japanese scientist Dr. Izumi Tabata and his team at the National Institute of Fitness and Sports in Kagoshima Prefecture, Japan, on high-intensity training in the early 1990s.
3️⃣ What is a Tabata workout and how can it help your body?
Tabata is high-intensity interval training (also known as HIIT), a cardiovascular workout that increases heart rate and burns many calories in a short period of time.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Today we will talk about the main benefits of the Tabata workout and the effectiveness of losing weight. We will consider a training plan for different levels of fitness and learn how to track progress in Tabata training, as well as choose the right Tabata timer for you!
Tabata protocol is one of the most effective ways to lose weight and burn body fat, while the risk of losing muscle tissue is minimal.
Classes are short in time and just as effective as a full one-hour program.
You will improve your aerobic (endurance) and anaerobic (muscle mass) performance.
Tabata increases muscle tissue sensitivity to insulin, which means it makes it easier to burn fat.
You can do tabata workouts at home, outside, on the playground, in the gym – anywhere.
For tabata training you do not need any additional equipment, you can train with your own body weight (but you can do it with weights as well).
Regular HIIT workouts reduce your risk of developing diabetes and help fight depression.
The tabata protocol workouts are very simple, clear and precise in their structure, and they are incredibly easy to do.
Tabata Effectivness For Weight Loss
Tabata workouts are very intense, they raise your heart rate dramatically and keep it high throughout the entire session. Therefore, you will be able to burn a large number of calories even in a short session. The exact number of burned calories depends on your fitness level individually. As a rule, more experienced practitioners burn fewer calories than beginners. On average, you can burn 150 calories in 10 minutes of Tabata training.
But the most important benefit of Tabata workouts is not the high-calorie consumption, but the “afterburn effect.” This means that your body will actively burn fat for 48 hours after the workout, so you significantly speed up the process of getting rid of excess weight. For example, regular cardio workouts at a medium pace do not have such an effect, so doing Tabata is a much more productive result.
Tabata workouts are anaerobic loads, so they do not hurt muscle tissue, unlike the same cardio workouts. At the same time, they perfectly train the heart muscle and increase endurance. In addition, such high-intensity interval training increases the sensitivity of muscle tissue to insulin, which makes it easier to burn fat.
How fast can you lose weight?
Tabata training effectiveness depends on your metabolism, the initial percentage of body fat, regularity of exercise and, of course, your diet. Remember that in purpose to get rid of the excess fat, you need to eat a calorie deficit so that the body begins to break down fat for energy. The optimal rate of weight loss with Tabata training is 0.5 kg of fat per week. It is possible to lose 2-3 kg during the first week, due to getting rid of excess water in the body.
Tabata Effectivness For Weight Loss
We offer you a ready-made Tabata workout plan for beginners, for advanced, and with an emphasis on the abdomen, the lower body, and the upper body. We offer you 4 exercises for one workout: one exercise for each Tabata round (i.e. one exercise is performed for a 4-minute workout – 8 cycles). Accordingly, the session will last about 20 minutes without warming up and warming down.
You can increase or decrease the duration of your workout or replace the exercises with ones that are more suitable for you. You can also vary the execution scheme, i.e. do not repeat the same exercise for all 4 minutes, but alternate two or four exercises in one Tabata round. No matter how you structure your workout, the most important thing is that you perform each approach at your maximum.
Tabata Workout Plan
Option 1:
Jumping jacks with arm and leg extensions
Forward kick backward (4 sets per side)
Side jumps
Rotations in the plank on the elbow
Jumps with arm and leg spread Kick forward and backward
Side jumps Turns in the plank
Variant 2:
Skier
Boxing
Hops in a plank with leg spread
Running with a shin splash
Scissors Boxing
Arm and leg extension jumps Shin splash run
Tabata Workouts For The Intermediate Level
Option 1:
Jumping jacks with arm and leg extensions
Forward kick backward (4 sets per side)
Side jumps
Rotations in the plank on the elbow
Jumps with arm and leg spread Kick forward and backward
Side jumps Turns in the plank
Variant 2:
Skier
Boxing
Hops in a plank with leg spread
Running with a shin splash
Scissors Boxing
Arm and leg extension jumps
Shin splash run
Tabata Exercises For The Advanced Level
Option 1:
Running with high knee elevation
Spider plank
Wide squat jump
Burpee
High Knee Run Spider
Burpee broad squat jump
Option 2:
180 degree jumps
Push-ups (can be on knees)
Jumping Lunges
Front leg raise
180 degree jumps Push-ups
Jumping jacks in lunges Leg raises
Tabata Workout With Dumbbells
Burpees and dumbbell pull
Dumbbell squat (4 sets per side)
Dumbbell press for chest muscles
Lunges with body rotation (4 sets per side)
Burpees and dumbbell pull Squat with squat thrust
Chest dumbbell press Chest pivot with dumbbell lunge
Tabata Workut With Emphasis On Hips And Glutes
Plyometric side lunge (4 sets per side)
Leg extension in half squat
Lunges in circles (4 sets per side)
Sumo squat with jumping up
Plyometric side lunge
Circle lunges Sumo Squat with jumping up
Tabata Workout With Abdominal Focus
Horizontal running
Crab
Scissors
Jumping up to the abdomen in the plank
Horizontal Crab Jog
Leg touch Jump to stomach plank
Tabata Workout With Emphasis On Arms, Shoulders, And Chest
Triceps push-ups (4 sets per side)
Walking plank
Push-ups left and right (could have been done on the knees)
Plank with shoulder contact
Triceps push-ups Walking bar
Right-Left Push-Ups Shoulder Touch Plank
Tabata Workout Timers: 3 Built-In Options
In order to successfully practice tabata workouts, you’ll need a special timer with timing. But where can you get a tabata timer? Here are 3 ready-made options for a tabata timer.
1. MOBILE APP WITH TABATA TIMER
The easiest thing to do is to download a free Tabata timer app for your smartphone. The apps are simple, easy to use and customizable. You can change the number of intervals, adjust exercise and rest times, and the number of cycles. Exercises are accompanied by a sound signal, so you are sure not to miss the beginning and end of the workout
2. VIDEO WITH TABATA TIMER
Another option for practising Tabata protocol: take special videos on youtube with a ready-made Tabata timer. They are created specifically for Tabata training sessions – all you have to do is turn on the video and start exercising. The minus of this method is that you can’t adjust the intervals yourself.
3. WEBSITES WITH A READY-MADE TABATA TIMER.
If apps with Tabata timers and videos don’t work for you, you can make websites with ready-made timer programs. You just have to open the page, set the required intervals and start exercising. The links will open in a new window:
It is very easy to track your progress during Tabata training. To do so, you need to use a Tabata score. If you perform the same exercise in a 4-minute cycle, write down the number of repetitions that were done in each set. For example exercise burpee, several repetitions 10-8-8-7-7-6-6-5. If the sum of these numbers increases from week to week, you are making progress. If the last number would increase, you have made double progress.
The frequency of tabata training per week can vary from 2 to 4 times, depending on the level of fitness. The main thing is that the body has time to recover.
Tabata Exercises: What Else Is Important
Hower, before you start doing Tabata training, make sure you are not overweight and, most importantly, have no problems with your cardiovascular system. Tabata training is undoubtedly effective, but also very stressful. Therefore, if you are not sure about your health, be sure to consult a doctor.
So, if you have no contraindications to Tabata exercises and you’re ready to test your endurance, it’s time to download a Tabata timer (an app that allows you to determine the exact intervals of work and rest), put on sweating clothes (you will need them), lace up your sneakers tighter and… three, two, one, signal!
Pros And Cons Of Tabata Workouts
Pros of Tabata workouts:
Increases overall muscular endurance and strength
Develops the heart and blood vessels.
Burns calories and helps you get in shape relatively quickly
A universal method for all kinds of sports (all dynamic exercises are compatible with the Tabata method)
A full workout without equipment, with its own weight.
Disadvantages of exercise tabata
Heavy load for the unprepared person, so it is not suitable for everyone
If the principle of gradualness is not observed, it can be harmful to your health.
To summarize, we conclude that the Tabata workout is suitable for all fans of fitness, regardless of the level of training or gender. Special conditions or equipment for Tabata training is not necessary. All you need is just a small free space. The workout does not take much time. Your body weight is more than enough even for advanced athletes. It is an excellent way to increase your stamina and metabolism, get in shape quickly and effectively and lose weight without losing muscle tissue. Just try it and we are sure you won’t want to go back to traditional anaerobic exercise! So set a timer for 4 minutes and just do it!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Live your life as you have all that you want. Think like a rich person. Imagine that you have absolutely everything you want. How do you feel in this condition? How does your behavior change?
Let Yourself Become Rich
The main issue is that money increases your responsibility. There are two different situations: 1). when you have 1000$ in your pocket 2). when you have 1$ million in your house. If you have 1$ million now, what would you do? If you earn 1$ million every month, how will you invest it? You can buy shares for 1 million. Then, you start thinking about the future world crisis, covid-19, the new president, etc. You can’t be sure you will keep this money for a while. What if robbers steal all the money from your house?
When you have a lot of money, you have to live with many risks. You can invest it in Tesla today and become ten times richer tomorrow or lose half of the invested amount.
You need to boost your financial level step by step. From 1000$ to 10000$, 100 000$ and then 1 million dollars. If you win a lottery today, you will need to figure out what to do with this money and will lose it.
Enjoy Your Life
Learn to give yourself small joys. It can be not only a material thing. Just spend time with your family instead of watching a series. Go on vacation every half of the year. Go to the sea or the ocean every year. It is essential for your feelings.
Do what you have always wanted to do. For example, go to the gym or swimming pool. Go hiking with friends, fishing, hunting, moving to a better house, or attending business courses.
Find a way to be positive and enjoy your life. It is the simplest law. Do only what gives you joy as often as possible. Happiness and joy reshape your world and bring you more happiness, pleasure, and joy. Of course, the reverse is also true. Therefore, it is necessary to eliminate dissatisfaction, fear, anger, and other negative emotions.
Gratitude
Whatever you have now, be grateful for it. If you know how to be grateful, you will get much more. When you think you don’t have enough, it attracts poverty. When you are grateful for all that you have, you attract wealth.
How to Boost Your Financial Life and Bring Money Abundance
The emergency has led to a drop in the income of many families. 60% of Americans can’t pay an unexpected 1000$ expense. So, most people don’t have any savings. As a result, people should use credit cards. What will happen in case of unexpected expenses of 10000$ or even 50000$?
Your relatives can get into trouble for you. You have to be positive and be ready for negative things. If you’re ready for bad times, you will always live in good times.
Start Budget Spreadsheet
Most families rely on memory to keep track of their finances. You can record all expenses or plan your budget. You have to plan everything. For example, you need a warm coat in winter 2022/2022. That’s why you need to plan this expense for January 2022. You can buy everything you need; create an expense plan. Include 10% for unexpected expenses for each month. Create family savings. If you earn 50000$ for a year, at the end of the year, your family funds should have 5000$, which is 10% of your yearly income.
Count and plan all expenses, and spend money only on things which you need.
Pay for all Outstanding Invoices
Write all outstanding invoices (amount, due date, interest, and penalties). Draw up a repayment schedule and first pay the bills that charge the highest interest or have the closest due date. If invoices pile up, contact the company that issued the invoice to negotiate a new payment plan. You have to close all consumer debts. Rich people don’t pay restaurant or food bills with credit cards. You can use credit only when it’s profitable, like a house or car debt. Avoid consumer debts. If you are short of cash, do not take out new loans. Both quick and consumer loans require new and higher costs in the form of fees and interest.
Open Savings Account and Pay to Yourself
You have to save 10% of your monthly income. You should “pay yourself” with this monies. It will not make your life less comfortable. It will help you be confident in the future and become rich. When you have money, you attract more money and wealth. 100$ per month is 1200$ per year and 12000$ per 10 years. When you receive your salary, always pay yourself first.
Develop Your Finance Skills
You should learn new technologies and skills every few months. As soon as you stop learning, you stop increasing your growth. If you learn new technologies and skills, read more books and visit courses, you will increase your income in the future. No matter if you work as an entrepreneur, developer, or simple manager. Use abundance affirmations from this article to develop your financial confidence!
Tips for Building Wealth Abundance
Use Cash
Take as much cash as you need. If you need 50$ per day, take it in cash. Don’t add a card to your Apple Wallet or Google pay; leave your credit card home. Credit cards are a reason for impulsive purchases. If you need more money for the day, take it in cash. Always take as much as you need. Don’t take any more. Enjoy Life, not Shopping
Combine Abundance Affirmations and Sport
When you work out in the gym, you develop your body, increase brain activity and improve blood circulation. Go to the gym, and play basketball, tennis, or other active sport instead of going to the nightclub or drinking alcohol. Spend time with family in nature instead of drinking with friends. Be active every day!
Be Open to Wealth and Abundance
Opportunities are everywhere; learn to see them. Expand your business thinking, and create new ideas. It would help if you accepted the signs of money you encounter at every step. If you find an opportunity — use it. Say: “Yes” to money.
11 Abundance Affirmations for Financial Freedom
Wealth is an important part of my life.
I can overcome any financial obstacles on my way.
I want more money. And that’s normal.
It’s easy for me to prosper and succeed.
My life is fulfilled with health and wealth.
Affluence and wealth are coming, I accept it.
My income exceeds my expenses.
I deserve to be paid for my skills, time, knowledge, and experience.
My income continues to grow.
I choose to live a rich and fulfilling life.
I am smart, talented, and gifted.
How to Attract Money Instantly
To improve your financial situation, you need to change your attitude toward money. Wealth magic works when we do everything correctly and magically change our ordinary world. Money is a bundle of energy, an unformed substance that requires the utmost attention and respect. Abundance affirmations are what you need to attract money!
How do you reject money with your thoughts and words? Stop thinking, “I can never buy such a big house” – replace it with, “I will buy such a house, and I will have enough money to fulfill my dreams.” But it is not enough to say – you have to visualize the image of the new house and feel house comfort. Close your eyes and imagine. Avoid envy of other people. Remember: Money Attracts More Money.
As a result, make financial decisions only in the first part of the day. Don’t buy expensive new things after 6 pm. Think about it at night, and decide in the morning.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Getting in shape in less than a week seems like an impossible mission, but shedding that pesky 7-10 lbs of fat in 5-7 days is doable. So if there is only one question in your mind:” how to you lose 10 pounds in a week?” Then let’s discuss more details.
It is difficult and cannot be called a healthy and quality weight loss. The most optimal weight loss is 1 to 2 pounds per week. Losing 10 lbs in a week can be unnecessarily risky and impractical. To lose 10 pounds in a week, you need to burn more calories than you consume each day by limiting your diet to small portions of nutritious, eating low-calorie foods, and increasing your cardio workouts, high-intensity interval training, and work with weights or your body weight. This goal is risky and difficult to achieve, but it is possible. Here are a few secrets to losing weight fast.
Previously we have been already talked about how to lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks, but our readers want to get a new challenge. You will find a lot of great advice you can use to achieve a new goal!
Healthy and Deep Sleep
Long and deep sleep normalizes the body’s hormone levels and helps you to get into shape naturally. The secret is to go to bed before 11 p.m. in complete darkness (a sleep mask will help you here) and not to use electronic devices for at least two hours before sleep. All of this will promote the production of melatonin, which slows the aging process, has antioxidant properties, and, especially important for us now, regulates the functions of the digestive tract.
Drink your Coffee an Hour Before your Workout
Sometimes trainers advise not the most obvious and at first sight useful things. For example, drink a mug of strong coffee (with caffeine) an hour before your workout. The purpose of this activity is to increase the effectiveness of the exercise. Coffee will energize you and give you the necessary vigor. You will feel energized and exert more effort than usual. As a consequence, you will burn more calories.
Do More Cardio
Aerobic exercise – also known as cardio – is a type of physical activity that increases your heart rate, burns more calories, and strengthens your heart and lungs. Adding cardio to your exercise regimen is one of the most effective ways to lose 10 pounds fast. Try to do at least 20-40 minutes of cardio each day for the best results. Walking, jogging, boxing, cycling, jumping rope, and swimming are just a few types of cardio that can accelerate weight loss.
Alternate Workouts
Cross-training includes different strength, endurance, and aerobic exercises. That will work out many different parts of your body. This type of training will prevent you from getting bored in your workouts. Which is often the main reason for weight loss failures. Also, it will have a great impact on fat burning because this type of training involves many muscle groups. Remember that high-intensity aerobic workouts should be alternated with anaerobic workouts. Do training with your body weight or with additional weights. This will allow you to lose weight and avoid crippling your muscles. For which your goal may become unbearably heavy. Daily interval toning will not only help to remove fat deposits but also pump up your muscles. Which will accelerate fat burning many times over.
One of the main advantages of this training is that you can perform it at home. Very little additional equipment and in the absence of much space. So how to lose 10 pounds in a week? The first time I had the same question, I decided to try something new. Let’s take the rope as an example. All of you know about the usefulness of jumping rope. The fact is that this exercise shows prohibitive effectiveness in burning kcal.
Workout plan
We will alternate jumping-rope exercises with our own body weight. For example, let’s take approximate time intervals from the HIIT:
20 seconds of jumping rope at maximum effort and then 40 seconds squats or push-ups from the floor at a moderate pace. You can do any exercise: the more muscle groups are involved, the more kcal is burned. And after that, take 30 seconds of rest. Similar circles can be performed for 10 minutes; it will be enough as additional training.
You can try different variants of exercises as far as the imagination will allow. All exercises are interchangeable. Take aerobic exercise for 20 seconds and anaerobic exercise for 40 seconds. More advanced athletes can do exercises with additional weights.
So that you can still walk, sit up, and not feel pain with every movement at the end of the week. Start and end your workout with a stretch. Plus, if you work out in the morning, doing a little stretching in the evening is not unreasonable. That will help to relieve the muscle tension from the day’s workout.
Lose 10 Pounds by Reducing Simple Carbohydrates
Cutting back on simple carbohydrates in your diet is one of the best ways to lose 10 pounds
and improve weight loss every day. It is beneficial to reduce your intake of refined carbohydrates. Which are a type of carbohydrate devoid of nutrients and fiber during processing. Simple carbohydrates, which are high in calories and low in nutrients, are quickly absorbed into the bloodstream, causing a spike in blood sugar and increasing hunger. Studies show that consuming fast carbs in large quantities leads to weight gain, particularly an increase in belly fat. For best results, replace fast carbs such as bread, breakfast cereals, pastries, sweets, etc., with whole-grain foods. Such as quinoa, oats, brown rice, and barley.
Add Fiber to your Diet
Fiber is a nutrient that enters the body with complex carbohydrates. Some dietary fiber is digested, and some are not, which helps stabilize blood sugar levels. Also, it helps to keep you feeling full longer and normalizes bowel function. Numerous studies show that fiber has a powerful effect on weight loss. Try to consume at least 25 to 38 grams of fiber per day. From foods such as fruits, vegetables, legumes, and whole-grain cereals and products. This will help your gastrointestinal function, cleanse your skin, and speed up weight loss.
Eat Protein-Rich Foods for Breakfast
A healthy breakfast high in protein is a great way to start your day and progress toward weight loss. Increasing your protein intake can help you lose weight by reducing your appetite and calorie intake. Protein is needed to build muscle, essential when exercising (and you need to work out to lose weight). If you need more protein on your menu, you will lose weight at the expense of muscle mass. And that’s too bad. Numerous studies link higher protein intake to weight loss at the expense of fat tissue. Studies also prove that protein-containing breakfasts help you to lose belly fat over time. Also, whole grain products are high in protein, so you can safely plan your protein breakfast and cereals.
Lift Weights
Weight training is a type of physical activity that involves resistance work to build muscle mass and increase muscle strength. Strength training exercises (and resistance band workouts are among them, too) increase your metabolism, which makes weight loss even easier. Using weight machines or doing weight or resistance band exercises at home are two simple and effective ways to start weight training and accelerate weight loss.
Try Intermittent Fasting To Lose Weight
Fasting, or interval fasting, is a cyclical diet that includes breaks between periods of eating and fasting. And the “fasting” usually lasts for 8-16 hours. First, interval fasting can reduce the amount of food consumed by limiting the time. It was consumed, and this contributes to weight loss. Second, short fasts can also increase levels of human growth hormones (HGH). It is an important hormone that has been shown to increase fat loss and maintain muscle mass. There are many different ways to follow an interval fasting system. Many people usually choose an 8-10 hour window, limiting food intake for that period several times a week.
Be more Active
Even if you’re short on time and can’t devote even 20 minutes a day to exercise, adding a little activity can reduce your body weight. Non-exercise activity thermogenesis (NEAT) is the loss of calories the body burns throughout the day by doing regular non-exercise activities. Such as typing, cleaning the house, walking, or even breathing.
It is estimated that NEAT can account for up to 50% of the total calories you burn daily. Although this number depends on your activity level. That is why people with sedentary jobs tend to gain extra weight. Here is the answer if you want to find out the fastest way to lose 10 pounds in a week. Just walking more, walking during lunch, doing house cleaning more often, dancing for fun, or just clicking a mouse to share this article with your friends. But still don’t forget about daily exercises.
The above tips and lifestyle changes can help you answer the main question of losing 10 pounds in a week. But it would help if you understood that most weight loss is related to water weight loss. So you will likely regain weight if your carbohydrate and calorie intake increases again. So we conclude that such habits should become your permanent way of life. Except for interval fasting and coffee before a workout. The rest of the tips about nutrition, training, and activity, in general, can become good long-term habits for maintaining your fitness and burning fat. Important! This article is for information purposes only! You should consult a specialist before using it.
1️⃣ Is It Possible to Lose 10 Pounds in a Week?
Rapid weight loss, such as losing 10 pounds per week, is possible, but usually not worth it. It can even harm your physical and mental health. You should avoid plans and programs that promise short-term weight loss or extreme results.
2️⃣ How Quickly Can I Lose 10 Pounds?
For prolonged weight loss, it is recommended not to exceed 1-2 pounds per week. However, many people cannot spend hours walking every day, so a more realistic schedule is 10 to 24 weeks.
3️⃣ Is Losing 10 Pounds in a Week Too Fast?
According to many experts, weight loss of 1-2 pounds (0.45-0.9 kg) per week is healthy and safe (1, 2, 3). Further weight loss is considered premature and can cause many health problems such as muscle wasting, gallstones, malnutrition, and poor metabolism (4, 6, 7, 8).
4️⃣ Can I Lose 10 Pounds in 10 days?
It is not possible to lose 10 kg in 10 days, but slower and more sustainable weight loss is achievable. However, the weight loss program should be started under the supervision of a specialist and a doctor.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Yoga workout can be a great addition to any fitness routine. Someone can tell you that yoga exercises are too slow and boring, but it focuses on developing strength, balance, and flexibility. Yoga is an amazing and natural way to stretch your whole body after any other workout.
Yoga workouts can do much more than lend muscle power and lower stress. It depends on the kind of asanas you perform – some of them, like backbends, can bring you energy, while forward bends have a calming effect.
However, in our busy lives, it is hard to find free time for a yoga workout in a fully packed schedule. But if you try to practice yoga workout at least once a week, you will soon feel much better and see good results. For example, you can do 20 minutes of yoga after the gym, play tennis or do any other sports activity.
Many basic yoga poses seem to be very familiar because our bodies bend and fold naturally into them. Also, breathing is a huge part of yoga practice. During yoga workouts, you should breathe at your tempo. Here are a few basic yoga poses that can help you to start a yoga workout.
Mountain pose
It is the draft for all other poses. It promotes balance and directs your attention to the present moment. Turn your heels slightly apart and hang your arms beside the body. Carefully balance the whole weight of your body on your feet. Lift your ankles, firm your thigh muscles and rotate them inwards. The whole of your body should stand in one line. Then broaden your collarbone and elongate your neck. As you inhale, elongate your torso and when you exhale release your shoulder blades away from your head.
Tree pose
Tree pose is a sequel to the previous pose. Bend your right knee and place your right heel at the base of your left thigh. Place your foot on your left thigh with your toes pointing down. Join your palms and raise your arms directly above your head whilst balancing on the left leg. Maintain the pose for a few seconds and breathe deeply. Then lower your arms, separate your palms, stand on the floor with your right leg and return to the Mountain pose. Repeat the pose, balancing on the right leg and placing the left heel at the base of the right thigh. Perform the pose for an equal amount of time in both directions, and then return to Mountain pose.
Cobra pose
You need to lie on the floor with a face down, stretch the whole body and feet, at the same time pressing them together, and strain the knees and thigh muscles, as well as the gluteal muscles. Place your hands with your palms on the floor, right under your shoulders. Place your fingers straight forward; exhale and rest your palms on the floor. Gently lift the body pushing off the floor and stretching the crown and neck, and at the same time pull your shoulders back and down. The pubic bone should touch the floor. Distribute the body’s weight so that it falls on the legs and arms. Stay in the asana for a time that is convenient for you, or about 30 seconds. Further, gently lower to the starting position by bending your arms at the elbows. You can repeat cobra pose 2-3 times.
Downward-Facing Dog
Put your knees to the floor (buttocks straight above your heels) and stretch your arms forward. During the asana you should relax your neck and watch on the floor above the legs. Palms, knees and feet are shoulder-width apart with the toes forward, and the hips and arms are located perpendicular to the floor. You have to rise and transfer the weight of your body forward. Breathe in and, as you exhale, push off with your hands, while stretching back behind the pelvis. Lift the knees off the floor and lift the pelvis, until you feel that your back became straight and stretched. If you feel comfortable, try to push off with your hands from the floor and stretch out behind the pelvis back and up. Lock in this position. And when you feel ready, lower your heels to the floor. Then lock in for a few breaths. The rib cage stretches towards the hips, the lower back bends down, and the tailbone stretches towards the sky. The abdomen is elongated and free. The gaze is directed downward. And when you finish doing this asana you can go to the child’s pose.
Child’s pose
You can use it every time you want to take a break during your yoga workout. Get down on your knees, and bring your feet and knees together. Lower your pelvis to your heels and relax. As you exhale, lower your torso to your knees and your forehead to the floor. Your arms can be placed in two ways: 1. Arms are extended forward behind the head, palms are put on the floor; 2. Arms are extended along the torso and back to the heels, and the shoulders are dropped. Stretch your tailbone down to your heels, at the same time trying to press your chest against your hips. The neck and arms are completely relaxed. Feel the relaxed shoulders and arms pulling towards the floor under their weight. Stay in the asana for several breathing cycles (5-6 are usually enough).
With a regular yoga workout, you’ll start to see improvements in your strength, balance, and flexibility. And the more you do yoga, the easier it will be to reach your health and wellness goals. Just try to start yoga workouts for beginners today — we are sure you’ll be hooked!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
First of all, let’s figure out two main points. What is stretching for? Can you make your own productive and healthy stretching routine? As we grow older, we are all becoming less flexible, so the risk of injury during sports increases. And only stretching exercises can keep all the muscles of the body in tone. That’s why today stretching is an incredibly popular activity, both in special studios and among home athletes. A daily stretching routine is just necessary for those who dance, build the body’s musculature or dream to improve results in their favourite sport.
Stretching Routine for Beginners
Full body stretch routine brings incredible benefits to the whole body, prevents salt deposits, the development of varicose veins, obesity and other major ills of our century. Stretching can improve blood circulation and oxygen supply to the brain due to the correct respiration and bring a sense of calm after a busy day. Cancer, spine injuries, joint pathology, postoperative period, cardiovascular disease, and inflammation (accompanied by fever) are the contraindications to stretching routine exercises. It is worth consulting a doctor before you start a stretching routine. Regularity and fluidity are the main things in a full-body stretching routine. Experienced trainers advise you to include daily stretches in your everyday life for half an hour daily. Classes do not require special equipment, so you can start a stretching routine for beginners at home.
Stretching Exercises for Beginners
Only a preliminary warmed-up body will be loadable without pain, so before basic stretches, you need to jump a little, dance or do some aerobic exercises. It is necessary to stretch all muscle groups from the neck and down to the feet. 15 minutes is the optimal time for “warming up”.
Sit on the floor with your feet tucked under you and your buttocks on your heels. Bend forward and stretch so that the shoulders and the head are as close to the floor as possible. Extend your arms forward. Stay in this stretching pose for a few seconds, then take the starting position. Repeat 15 times.
Starting position is the same, but your feet are apart and your buttocks are on the floor between them. Slowly and carefully move the feet to different sides at the maximum angle. The back should remain straight. Repeat 15 times.
Do a wide lunge forward from a standing position so that one of the legs is bent at an acute angle, and the other is straight. Shift the weight of the body forward, and stay in this position for a while. Repeat 5 times for each leg.
Lunges to the sides. Try to sit on the leg as deep as possible, while taking a wide step to the side. After a little “springing” slowly put the weight on the other leg and stretch it.
Sit on the floor with legs stretched forward. Slowly bend over to your feet and try to pull up as close as possible. It is better to do 10 approaches while holding on as long as possible.
Starting position is the same. Grab one leg with your hand in the foot area and pull it to the face, as close as possible. Both legs and the back should remain straight. Hold for about 30 seconds and then repeat the exercise with the other leg. Repeat the exercise in 5-10 sets.
Initial position is sitting on the floor with legs apart. Put one leg on the thigh of the other, touch the foot of the other leg (it remains extended) with the tips of your fingers and stretch your chest down. Stay in the bend for a while, then repeat the exercise with the other leg. Repeat the exercise in 5-10 sets.
The initial position is sitting on the floor with straight legs stretched forward. Bend your knee, put one leg over the other and put it on the foot. Then bend towards the straight leg, fix the position for 30 seconds and return to the starting position. Then do the same with the other leg. 5-10 approaches.
«Butterfly». If you’ve ever tried yoga, this position will be familiar to you. Sit on the floor with your feet together in front of you; knees apart as much as possible. Bend down, fix and go back – 15 sets.
The initial position is sitting on the floor with one leg straightened and the other one straightened and bent at the knee. Keep the foot of the stretched leg straight and the foot of the bent leg against the thigh. Bend to the straight leg, fix it, then lean forward and hold in this position. Repeat the same with the other leg. All together – 10 sets.
I highly recommend you to start your morning workout routine with this stretching program today so that in a week you can see the first results. And besides, it’s a good way to keep your body more healthy!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Have you ever counted how many breaths and exhales we take per minute? The inhale is the first action of our lives and the exhale is the last. Between that first breath and the last exhalation, we’ve been breathing our whole lives without paying any attention to it.
Up to ninety percent of our body’s toxins are eliminated with the breath, because we breathe twenty-four hours a day. On average, we take about sixteen to seventeen breaths a minute.
Importance of Breathing in Yoga
If you are upset, the number of breaths per minute can go up to twenty; if you are very tense or angry, your breathing rate can reach 25 breaths per minute. When you are relaxed and happy, you take about 10 breaths per minute and when you are meditating, you take only 2-3 breaths per minute. On the inhale, the tummy inflates and fills with air; on the exhale, it retracts. As we become more tense and nervous, we do the opposite — we bulge the belly on the exhale and suck it in on the inhale.
We use about thirty per cent of our lung capacity and don’t breathe deeply enough. But I have good news for you! You won’t need antidepressants if you can manage your breath and pay proper attention to it. Yoga asana has no meaning without deep breathing yoga. It will be a beautiful, but empty practice.
Types of Yoga Breathing
There are three types of breathing. The most common one is upper-breathing. If you work in the office and sit the most part of the day, try to pay attention to your breathing. When you breathe in, your shoulders go up, and your collarbones and ribs expand slightly while moving upward. When you exhale, they go down. If your ribs expand a little more and your shoulders and collarbone move less when you inhale, you’re breathing average. If you use your diaphragm when you inhale and exhale and your abdomen bulges when you inhale then you are breathing the third type, abdominal breathing. This is usually how athletes and people with good physical activity breathe. It’s also the way how breathe infants, whose lives are not yet filled with social norms and daily portions of stress.
The practice of full yoga breathing is ideal for you to accustom yourself to abdominal breathing. Gradually this will become a habit, and you will begin to incorporate abdominal breathing even when you are not practising yoga; soon you will make this kind of breathing your natural state. You just have to keep going and practice it.
Yoga Breathing Exercises Safety Precautions
Beginners should not practice long breath-holds, especially on the inhale. The breath holds should be practised without constricting the vocal cleft. The air should be held by the abdominal and chest muscles, but not by throat compression. Otherwise, you will create excessive pressure in the chest and it won’t be good for your heart.
Beginners should not practise breathing yoga in combination with strength yoga exercises, as this increases hypoxia.
Increased frequency and intensity of heartbeat, muscle contractions, uncontrolled spasms of respiratory muscles, difficulty in breathing and the appearance of shortness of breath, shortening the duration of the breathing cycle – all of these indicates are an overload in the practice. Reduce the duration of the yoga breathing cycle and delays. With a proper yoga breathing practice, a person feels comfortable and relaxed, the heart beats more calmly and the breath spontaneously stretches by the end of the class.
Pranayama should be especially carefully practised if there are heart, liver, kidneys or central nervous system diseases. Heart pain, tachycardia, arrhythmia (heart palpitations), and apnea (spontaneous stoppage of breathing movements) are dangerous symptoms. On the mental side, there are such symptoms as panic attacks, hallucinations, uncontrollable emotional outbursts of high intensity, persistent sleep disturbance, and constant anxiety. Stop the practice and see the doctor!
Beginners should not practice long breath-holds, especially on the inhale. The breath holds should be practised without constricting the vocal cleft. The air should be held by the abdominal and chest muscles, but not by throat compression. Otherwise, you will create excessive pressure in the chest and it won’t be good for your heart.
Beginners should not practise breathing yoga in combination with strength exercises, as this increases hypoxia.
Increased frequency and intensity of heartbeat, muscle contractions, uncontrolled spasms of respiratory muscles, difficulty in breathing and the appearance of shortness of breath, shortening the duration of the breathing cycle – all of these indicates are an overload in the practice. Reduce the duration of the yoga breathing cycle and delays. With a proper yoga breathing practice, a person feels comfortable and relaxed, the heart beats more calmly and the breath spontaneously stretches by the end of the class.
Pranayama should be especially carefully practised if there are heart, liver, kidneys or central nervous system diseases. Heart pain, tachycardia, arrhythmia (heart palpitations), and apnea (spontaneous stoppage of breathing movements) are dangerous symptoms. On the mental side, there are such symptoms as panic attacks, hallucinations, uncontrollable emotional outbursts of high intensity, persistent sleep disturbance, and constant anxiety. Stop the practice and see a doctor!
Yoga Breathing Technique for Beginners:
Sit in a comfortable position with a straight back. If you are sitting cross-legged, put a pillow under your pelvis. You can sit on a chair or lie on your back if sitting is uncomfortable. Breathe out completely.
Place your palms on your abdomen and breathe in, pushing your abdominal wall forward. Move your palms to your ribs and continue inhaling and expanding your chest. Move your palms to your collarbones and continue breathing in, while lifting your collarbones.
Start exhaling by lowering the clavicles. Then move your palms to your ribs and continue exhaling and squeezing your chest. Place your palms on your abdomen and finish the exhalation by retracting your abdominal wall.
Take 5 breaths and exhales as described in 3 and 4. Try to keep your breathing rhythm natural, don’t breathe very deep and often. Do not make pauses between phases; you should have the feeling of a smooth wave, in which inhales move from the bottom up and exhales move from the top down.
Place your palms on your hips or on the floor. Continue breathing with your full breath for another 3-5 minutes. Try to feel the process from the inside. Try to breathe easily, smoothly and naturally. An indicator of a correctly performed exercise is a feeling of calmness and relaxation, as well as a breath slowing at the end of the practice.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Quote is an exact, word-for-word excerpt from a text or statement, from a phrase or simple sentence to an imposing passage of text. The main rule of any quotation is that it has a specific author. It is true that when we use a particular expression, unfortunately, we may not remember or not know at all who first uttered it. Today, quotes are especially appropriate as short statuses in various social networks. In addition, quotes on personal growth from various works of art help to form some idea about them – for example, it is possible to get interested in a new motivation book or movie by reading a couple of self-improvement quotes from it. It is also interesting to refresh your memory of favourite moments, for which sometimes it is enough to read just a couple of lines. Here are the best 11 inspirational quotes about personal growth, that can bring great changes in and around you.
“Twenty years from now you will be more disappointed by the things that you didn’t do than by the ones you did do.”– Mark Twain
“Those who dare to fail miserably can achieve greatly.”– John F. Kennedy
“It is hard to fail, but it is worse never to have tried to succeed.»– Theodore Roosevelt
“Let us always meet each other with smile, for the smile is the beginning of love.”– Mother Teresa
“Many of life’s failures are people who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up.”– Thomas A. Edison
Importance of Personal Growth Quotes
To decide to change your life and start not just to dream, but also to act, people use personal growth quotes. Quotations for personal growth are a type of information that has a high intellectual density. They always give a lot of food for thought. You could say that it is information in its purest form. Smart, beautiful sayings and words make life better, and brighter, helping to gather your thoughts. If you know a lot of quotes, you can apply them appropriately to the situation. Quotes about personal growth and success every day, given by famous people, will help you to look at your own life from another point of view. Perhaps, it would help you to understand and appreciate the events that have happened to you. In any case, they will lift your spirits and help you accept any situation whether is it good or bad.
The variety of the use of quotes on personal growth enriches the structure of language, making a speech lively, vivid and memorable. However, they should not be used too often, as it leads to impersonal speech, depriving the statement of the author’s meaning. Change can be wonderful or it can be frightening. Either way, we learn and grow through them. If you’re feeling anxious about life change, open this collection of quotes about personal growth for encouragement and inspiration. Personal growth quotes serve to reinforce one’s statements, giving them special significance. Sometimes we all don’t want so much, but a motivation and supportive words.
Tell me and I forget. Teach me and I remember. Involve me and I learn.”— Benjamin Franklin
“Whoever is happy will make others happy too.”— Anne Frank
“Life is never fair, and perhaps it is a good thing for most of us that it is not.”— Oscar Wilde
“Life is trying things to see if they work.”— Ray Bradbury
“Success is not final; failure is not fatal: It is the courage to continue that counts.”— Winston S. Churchill
How to Use Personal Growth Quotes?
Elegant quotes on personal growth will help to create a good impression when making acquaintances, to shine with wit, here you will always find a good option to please yourself and your loved ones. Some romantics are afraid to admit their feelings. Clever words will help to encourage indecisive people, and suggest a competent way out of a difficult situation. The best inspirational quotes about the personal growth of famous people who have earned authority are something that will come in handy in everyday life for every modern person. Sometimes it is necessary to make a serious decision, but people are not sure what to do. To make the right choice, you can read life sayings that have proven to be relevant over the years. Quotes about personal growth and observations can broaden the horizons, advantageously enrich the vocabulary, and impress acquaintances. Intelligent thoughts will never lose their relevance. A beautiful quote on personal growth can teach you to rejoice, admire and smile. The main goal is to rid the reader of negative thoughts and to show that there is always a way out of a difficult situation. Nice words can be a great excuse to make a new acquaintance, surprise a stranger, or create a worthy impression. Quotes help to tune in the right way, let go of trouble, opening the door to good emotions, prosperity and light. We wish you good luck and only positive trends in life! And of course, we wish you to find and use your inspirational quotes about personal growth. Visit our great article about Best 18 Alice in Wonderland Quotes.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
We, as humans, regularly deal with numerous problems. Those issues normally revolve around stress at work, relationships, various health conditions, and many other things. Frequently, people complain about not getting enough sleep.
Although it may not appear to be a huge deal, it can seriously impact our overall health if we do not do something about it. Many of you know that not having a good night’s sleep practically means a lack of energy, motivation, bad health, etc. Everything takes time. So if you want to enhance this habit, you must focus on it. There isn’t any magic pill that will change it in a blink of an eye. However, if you are persistent enough, you’ll be able to make it work. Today, we will discuss how crucial it is to have a good night’s sleep.
Why Having A Good Night’s Sleep Is A Must?
You, Will, Be Much Happier
Happiness doesn’t require too much, even though people often claim otherwise. Namely, you will notice that you will feel much more rested and relaxed the next time you sleep properly. If you’re not too sure about it, focus on your mood during the day. You will realize that you are not experiencing as many mood swings as you did before, that you are less stressed, more motivated, and enjoy being with others.
All in all, you will realize how wonderful life can be. Namely, if you’re sleep-deprived, you are more prone to panic attacks and depression. That’s why having a good night’s sleep is crucial because you will decrease the chances of experiencing these sensations.
It Enhances Productivity And Concentration
Sleep is crucial for different areas of brain function and typically involves concentration, cognition, performance, and productivity. All these things are negatively impacted if your sleep is not good.
If you’re unsure how much sleep you need, you can easily determine that using a sleep calculator. If you’re unsure what it is or how to utilize it, make sure to employ it if you want to focus on enhancing this habit.
Now, let’s go back to productivity and concentration. Viz, one study has shown that interns who were on a traditional schedule with more work hours made many more errors than those with much more sleep.
Moreover, another study has proven that lack of sleep can have the same impact on our brains as alcohol intoxication. On the other hand, having a good night’s sleep can surely boost problem-solving skills and improve memory performance in both adults and kids.
Adding More Reasons Why Good Night’s Sleep Matters
Amazing Athletic Performance
Based on reports that the National Sleep Foundation has made, adults should have somewhere between seven and nine hours of sleep every night. On the other hand, if you’re an athlete, it would be recommended to have ten hours. What’s worth mentioning is the fact that sleep is as equally important to athletes as eating enough nutrients and calories. One of the main reasons this is crucial is that our bodies can heal during sleep. Besides that, other benefits involve:
Enhanced performance intensity
More energy
Improved coordination
Faster speed
Enhanced mental functioning
Keep Your Heart Healthy
Those who do not have a high-quality sleep are at risk of having high blood pressure, coronary heart disease, and diabetes. Furthermore, you will motivate your sympathetic nervous system if you wake up too frequently. Namely, this system is responsible for the body’s fight-or-flight reply. Moreover, this response is how your body will behave when it thinks it is in danger. The sympathetic nervous system also triggers your cardiovascular system, meaning your blood pressure will be much higher when you wake up.
So if you are awake more frequently than you’re supposed to, then your body will not be able to compensate for the rise in blood pressure, which means that these high levels may remain longer than expected. Unfortunately, high blood pressure often leads to stroke or coronary heart disease. Besides high blood pressure, poor sleep can cause insulin resistance and regulation. Namely, insulin represents a hormone that is here to control your blood sugar.
If you do not provide enough sleep, then your body will not be able to regulate blood sugar levels, which can lead to diabetes. Therefore, you have to do anything that’s in your power to prevent any of these conditions.
Cancer Prevention
Besides the illnesses that were mentioned above, cancer is another one that can even be life-threatening. Nobody knows one hundred percent what causes it. However, according to some studies, those doing late shifts have more chances of developing colon or breast cancer. Many researchers claim that light exposure decreases melatonin levels, and this hormone helps our body to regulate the sleep-wake cycle and is also here to protect us from nasty diseases like cancer. Many reports have stated that it can positively impact the growth of tumors. That’s why you should do your best to ensure your bedroom is dark and avoid using any electronic device before you sleep. If you do so, you are going to help your body make enough amounts of melatonin.
Lose Weight
Those who’ve been struggling with weight for many years will be happy to hear that sleep can help them lose weight much faster. It would help if you prioritized sleep over food habits. How come? Namely, a sleep-deprived body makes a lot of ghrelin, a hormone that boosts the appetite and increases our cravings. Hence, if you do not have enough sleep, you will gain weight faster, and you’ll be susceptible to diabetes.
Even though a lot of you know that sleep is essential for our health, these articles are always a great reminder of how crucial it is. These guidelines will make things clearer if you need something to stimulate you to focus on enhancing your sleep.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Some people lose weight with a strict diet in a short period like losing 10 pounds in 2 weeks or losing 10 pounds in 1 week. However, once the diet is over, they often return to their old eating habits, and the extra pounds return. What is the disadvantage of short-term diets? The body does not have time to get used to healthy foods, but it has time to miss tasty junk things. Therefore, if it is better to change your way of life, you should do it in the long term. Lifestyle includes foods and drinks, the quality of food, diet, and physical activity.
Realistic goals will help you to succeed much faster than exaggerated ones. If you set the goal of getting the perfect body in the shortest possible time, you will achieve nothing, and after unwanted results and slow progress, you will give up that idea. The most important thing is to start. Instead of thinking and guessing whether it is possible to lose weight in a month by 15 pounds, you need to focus and work on it. So what do you need to do?
Drink More Water
Drink at least 1.5 liters of water a day. When the stomach is full, you wouldn’t want to eat so much food. Models lose weight in that way. If you don’t drink much water, do not try to pour it into yourself by force. Gradually increase the amount. As a rule, it takes one or two weeks to get used to it. The body also gets water from vegetables, fruits, and other foods and drinks. Keep an eye on how your body is adjusted. The universal 6-8 glasses may not be your norm.
It is helpful to start your day with a glass of water. This starts all the necessary processes in the body and wakes it up. Drinking while eating is not recommended, as it dilutes gastric juice and stretches the stomach. Hence, the feeling of heaviness and bloating of the stomach. However, this does not mean that you should completely forget about drinking. The stomach needs moisture for better digestion of food, but water can only be drunk in moderation. It is recommended to drink water 20-30 minutes before meals. So, during eating, there is no more liquid in the stomach. The water should not be cold but a little warm, and you should drink it in small sips, not in a gulp. It is better to give preference to pure water. It has no calories, salts, sugar, or other elements that can harm the body.
Avoid Stress
Stress is a universal physiological reaction of the body in response to a strong environmental impact. This reaction is expressed in the increased tension of our nervous system. Everyday problems impact the human psyche, whether financial difficulties, quarrels in the family, lack of sleep, or skipping a good meal. And also, there are traffic jams in the big city, busy work schedules, muscle overload, information noise, cold, and even unhealthy self-esteem. Most of these factors we can not control, and we are talking about a chronic state of stress, which has a cumulative effect. As a consequence of this constant nervous tension, we suffer from headaches, constant anxiety, insomnia, loss of appetite, or, on the contrary, uncontrollable hunger, fatigue, and difficulties with concentration and memory. In neglected cases, panic attacks, rashes similar to an allergic reaction, high blood pressure, the development of cardiovascular and digestive diseases, nervous tics, and depressive disorders are likely. Most of us ignore the discomfort of chronic stress and take it for granted as not dangerous. Meanwhile, the consequences of stress can be dire. Chronic stress negatively affects our health, well-being, ability to work, mood, and relationships with others. It’s essential to try to neutralize the effects of stress factors on our psyche, and there are many proven ways to do this.
Add Fiber to Your Diet
Our feeling of fullness depends on a full stomach. For example, fiber tends to absorb moisture, increase volume, “swell,” and not be completely digested. They not only slow down the absorption of excess fat and cholesterol and remove their residues from the body but also positively affect the intestinal microflora, contributing to the growth of beneficial bacteria. Dietary analysis is the first thing that is done when a patient comes to a therapeutic nutrition clinic. Most often, it turns out that the intake of fats is “off the charts”, and dietary fiber is consumed in insufficient quantities. That “imbalance” in the diet is the main reason for being overweight.
Dietary fibres are responsible for many internal positive processes in our body that we do not directly feel. For example, they slow down the absorption of glucose and its conversion into fat, support blood cholesterol levels and improve gastrointestinal function and intestinal microflora composition. And this is the key to a strong immune system and clean, beautiful skin without inflammation. To add fiber to your daily diet, you must eat as many natural plant foods as possible. Such as broccoli, carrots, beans, or cauliflower, seasoning them with hummus or fresh salsa, and adding nuts, berries, and fruit to plain yogurt without sugar. Fresh fruits and nuts are often more expensive than the usual candies, and there is not always time to make inexpensive cereals, beans, and lentils, but it will help to stick to a balanced diet.
Get Enough Sleep
Go to bed before 10 p.m. Early going to bed is not lazy. It is a necessity! A chronically sleep-deprived person consumes almost 40% more daily calories than required. Poor night’s sleep is why the hunger hormone is not produced properly. And the signal of satiety reaches the brain with a delay. Those who sleep less than the recommended eight hours a night usually have trouble losing weight, even if they follow a strict diet. Sleep deprivation contributes to obesity and related diseases. Those who did not get enough sleep had more fatty tissue, and attempts to lose weight proved futile.
Lack of sleep can cause daytime fatigue, making you less inclined and less motivated to exercise. Constant lack of sleep increases the chances of rapid fatigue during physical activity. The good news is that getting a full night’s sleep, on the contrary, can help improve your athletic performance. Sleeping well at night is perfect for people who want to lose weight and those who want to maintain a healthy lifestyle. Very often, people in the struggle for an ideal weight forget about their health, which can subsequently lead to irreparable changes in the body
Eat More Vegetables
Giving up one product once a week and eating more vegetables can help too. Gradual rejection of “junk” is perceived by the body much better than a diet “off the bat”. For example, today you stop putting sugar in your tea, and tomorrow you do not eat white bread, but wholemeal flour, and so on.
Eating fresh vegetables help to maintain normal intestinal function, stimulates the secretion of digestive juices, and increases their activity. The low-calorie content only adds to the attractiveness of these foods because it allows you to eat them in large quantities without the risk of getting fat. Almost all leafy vegetables and herbs contribute to weight loss. Try carrots, cabbage, zucchini, tomatoes, eggplant, pumpkin, cucumbers, and other natural healers. Vegetables containing a lot of vitamin C also help to lose weight: peppers, beets, radishes, and their relatives, as well as green onions and garlic. However, of all vegetables for weight loss, there is such a wonderful option as celery. Why is it so valuable? It helps not to gain extra pounds and lose the existing ones. The secret is that celery burns intercellular fat in the body. It has so-called “negative” calories. Therefore, both dishes cooked with it and celery juice are handy for those who want to lose weight quickly and effectively.
More Walking or Running
The activity itself will only improve the result. Choose your favorite activity: dancing, walking, biking, yoga, etc. A 20-minute yoga session in the morning is extremely effective, as it will force the burning of fat reserves and lose «breakfast» calories. Also, walking and running contribute to fat burning. Running is a more intense workout. But a huge load is put on the musculoskeletal system, the heart rate increases, and blood pressure rises due to more frequent contraction of the heart muscle during such activity. Quick walking is more effective in terms of weight loss. The body begins to feed on glucose by reaching the upper heart rate threshold during running. And mainly fat cells are used when walking for about an hour. Walking is preferable to running:
For the untrained;
People with large body weight;
The elderly;
Pregnant women;
People with musculoskeletal problems;
People who have had a stroke or heart attack.
It is better to start walking or training by warming up your feet’ joints. Be sure to choose comfortable shoes. Develop a route in advance. Stick to a comfortable pace for the chosen method. You should walk at least 6-7 km (10,000 steps) daily to keep your body toned. Walk forward, and you will achieve your goal!
Eat Less Salt
Salt, an indispensable ingredient in cooking, can be the source of your weight problems: its excess retains fluid in the body and generally inhibits metabolism. It is not necessary to completely abandon salt. Moreover, the sodium contained in salt is a necessary element of a healthy diet. It is responsible for removing calcium from the body, an overabundance of which is harmful. But salt, like any other substances and trace elements, is needed by the body in reasonable amounts. The physiological norm for a person is consuming 5 grams of salt daily. In the diet of modern people, this amount is greatly exceeded – sausages, frankfurters, bread, canned foods, chips, salted nuts, and many other products that already have salt. How to reduce your salt intake by 20: Don’t put salt on your food when you cook it. This also applies to the water in which you are going to cook pasta, vegetables, or rice.
Read the label carefully before adding dressing or flavoring to a dish. Ready-made spice mixes most often already contain salt;
Avoid sauces with high salt content (ketchup, soy sauce, French mustard, etc.).
Conclusion
To lose 15 pounds in a month at home, you do not need to make huge efforts. You should reconsider your diet and drastically change the products in the refrigerator. You should not set a more difficult goal in losing weight because the rapid loss of weight can lead to unwanted health problems, both physical and psychological. In such cases, not only gastritis but also unstable blood pressure, ulcers, and depression can bother you. The body will best tolerate a weight loss of 3-4 pounds per week. Important! It takes 21 days to form a habit. Therefore, if willpower allows you not to break and to last three weeks, overcoming the first 7-day stage of the organism’s adaptation to the new conditions, success is ensured.
FAQ
1️⃣ Is it realistic to lose 15 pounds in a month?
According to research, losing 1 to 2 pounds per week is a safe and sustainable rate of weight loss. This means losing 4 to 8 pounds per month – not 15.
2️⃣ How long does it take to lose 15 pounds?
It is recommended to lose weight gradually, 1 to 2 pounds per week. At this rate, you will reach your goal of 10 to 15 pounds in as little as five weeks or as much as 15 weeks.
3️⃣ Is the 15-pound loss noticeable?
It depends on your BMI and body type. Your height and weight play an important role here. However, on average, you need to lose 14 to 19 pounds to notice a difference in weight.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Losing as much weight as possible in a short period is the goal of many people. The weight loss process can quickly become frustrating if there is no visible success. But the appearance of noticeable results is quite possible in just three months. During this time, the results are becoming visible not only on the scales. The muscle and fatty tissue composition are changing and reflected in the figure. The more a person weighs, the easier it is to get rid of the first extra pounds. But if you want to lose those last 10 pounds, it would be much more challenging. Let’s take a look at how long it takes to lose 10 pounds.
Weight and Americans
An overweight person is more susceptible to heart disease, diabetes, cancer, etc. According to the statistics, 60% of Americans should lose some weight. Health care costs millions of dollars and can be prevented by losing weight. Most Americans should lose about 10 pounds to be healthier and improve their quality of life. It`s not such a big amount for one person, but it could save a big amount of money for the American economy.
Benefits from Losing 10 Pounds
Here you can see the benefits you can get by losing 10 pounds. First of all, it is good for your mental and body health. We all feel better when we’re at our ideal weight. We can also lower our cholesterol and blood pressure by losing those last ten pounds. Also, you`ll get an improved libido and good prevention of arterial plaque buildup and blood clots. Plus, healthier lung capacity, decreased breathing issues, and reduced systemic inflammation in the body can lead to different serious diseases. By losing 10 pounds, you`ll get a decrease in insulin resistance, which can also lower A1C, help get rid of belly fat and reverse or, at the very least, improve the ill effects of sleep apnea.
How long does it take to lose 10 pounds?
For starters, you need to understand that strict diets do nothing but worsen health and breakdowns. You need to lose weight the right way—in small increments over a longer period. Losing 1-2 pounds per week is a meaningful goal that leads to lasting weight loss, so it will take you about 2 months to lose 10 pounds. Physical activity is an essential part of losing weight. At the same time, proper nutrition will allow you to “make friends” with your body and gradually lose weight. Remember that we all are unique individuals, and because of that, genetic factors will play a role in the time it takes to get rid of the excess weight. Our genes impact our insulin sensitivity, hormones, and glucose use. All these factors influence our ability to lose weight.
Impact of Lifestyle Factors
Your lifestyle choices and habits impact the amount of time you will lose those ten pounds. For example, sleeping. Lack of sleep affects your hormones, creates an imbalance, and can also slow the weight loss process. Cortisol, the primary stress hormone, can slow down your weight-loss efforts. Stress wreaks havoc in all areas of your life, including your ability to shed excess weight. All prescription medications are different, but they impact your ability to lose weight promptly. Birth control pills, antidepressants, antihistamines—these medications, in particular, list weight gain as a potential side effect, while steroid medications have been proven to contribute to belly fat. Cortisol, the primary stress hormone, can slow down your weight-loss efforts. Stress wreaks havoc in all areas of your life, including your ability to shed excess weight.
Intermittent Fasting Speeds up the Metabolism
Interval fasting is one of the hottest trends in dieting. Try it if you want to speed up your ability to lose weight. Intermittent fasting can decrease fat mass while maintaining muscle mass. It goes beyond calorie restriction: intermittent fasting allows your digestive system to rest, which in turn allows your body to devote more energy to things like cellular repair and regeneration. Any interval fasting is not suitable for people with gastrointestinal problems, gastritis, ulcers, pancreatitis, gout, diabetes, peptic ulcer disease, in case of elevated reverse T3, etc. Also, you should not fast if you are a nursing mother or your BMI is less than 18.5.
Muscle Gain Speeds up the Metabolism
You shouldn’t forget that the more muscle you have, your metabolism is faster. Gaining muscle mass via strength training is a great way to speed up your metabolism to help you lose those pesky 10 pounds or even lose 15 pounds. Don’t get upset if the numbers on the scale stay the same because muscle weighs more than fat. You might lose those 10 pounds of fat while gaining ten or more muscle. The clue here is to measure body fat percentage and body composition. This is how you’ll know your efforts to lose excess fat are working.
Conclusion
Everyone who wants to lose 10 pounds should drink at least 1.5 liters of fluid daily. But only if you do not have a doctor’s prohibition to do so. Of course, you should refrain from testing weight loss recipes on the Internet and choose a way to lose weight. The wrong methods are fraught with health risks and bodily harm. It is better to turn to professionals who will select the right diet and exercise for safe and effective weight loss.
1️⃣ Is it realistic to lose 10 pounds in a month?
Losing 10 pounds in a month is a very realistic goal. Most nutritionists will recommend that you make this your weight loss goal because it will allow you to lose weight healthily.
2️⃣ How can I drop 10 pounds fast?
To lose 10 pounds, one can follow these steps: 1. Follow a low-calorie diet. 2. Avoid junk food. 3. Add lean proteins. Lean proteins help build muscle. 4. Exercise more. 5. Try high-intensity cardio. 6. Add weights. 7. Eat fewer carbohydrates. 8. Reduce bloating.
3️⃣ Can you lose 10 pounds in 3 weeks?
The Mayo Clinic notes that 1 pound equals about 3,500 calories, so to lose 10 pounds, you’d need to eat 35,000 fewer calories than you burn in those three weeks. This equates to a loss of just over 3 pounds per week, which requires a deficit of 1,666 calories per day.
4️⃣ Can you notice 10 pounds lost?
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, as well as other health institutions, recommend losing weight gradually at 1 to 2 pounds per week. At this rate, you’ll reach your goal of 10 to 15 pounds lost in just five weeks, or 15 whole weeks.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
It’s not hard to guess that you’d like to make some changes in your life since you’re interested in money affirmations for work. Maybe you’ve lost your job? Or do you want to improve your employment situation? Either way, while using affirmations about work, you will benefit greatly from yourself. The solution will be the right, positive attitude and stopping the practice of denial and self-limitation. It is important to see any failures as opportunities for personal and professional growth. Learn to perceive failures as stepping stones to success! What does success at work means to you? Earning more money or career advancement opportunity… A friendly, supportive environment in a team where your talents are recognized and you can fully use all their capabilities… All this can become a reality for you!
1. I Have the Drive and Motivation to Achieve my Goals
Maybe you’ve lost your highlight for work altogether or you’re not into the project you’re working on at the moment. No matter what’s stopping your energy, you can regain the motivation you’ve lost and channel it toward your strategic vision. To do that, you’ll need to remind yourself that the drive you need to get things done comes from inside of you. Tell yourself that you can lift the motivation needed to do your job well.
2. I Work More Effective When I Take Care of Myself
When you have too much stress, you simply won’t be the productive person you want to be. However, it is a common and expected experience in any job, but there’s a thin line between stress and burnout. There is an excellent way to make sure you can keep doing your job with pleasure and without stress: self-care. To prevent burnout and stave off stress, remind yourself that self-care is an important way to make sure you can keep doing your job with excellence.
3. I will Become the Best in my Specialty
If you’ve ever struggled with imposter syndrome, focus on affirming that you belong exactly where you are (the feeling that you don’t deserve your role or someone else would be better at it means that you struggle with imposter syndrome). We are sure that you’re in your specific role for a reason and that your skills, experiences, and the relationships you’ve built make you the best person for the job, no matter what anyone else around you is up to.
4. My Work Improves Live of Other People
It’s easy to lose track of why your work is important. Breaking connections can lead to a loss of motivation and, ultimately, job dissatisfaction. But positive affirmations for work can help you to get back on track. Get your passion back by reminding yourself of all the positive ways your work affects people. Maybe you work on a team that creates a product that makes people’s lives more efficient or probably you make people happy by serving them coffee or food. Either way, you’re helping someone every day, and it’s very important to remind yourself of that. Doing this regularly will help to refresh your idea of purpose and will make you more passionate, innovative, and goal-oriented at work.
5. I’m Strong Enough to Face my Fears
Convince yourself that you are courageous enough to face your fears. If it seems hard for you, give yourself the uplifting talk you wish someone else would give you. You’ve done hard things before, and you sure can do them now. Reaching your goals isn’t an easy thing, but courageously confronting these frightening scenarios moves you toward the career and life you envision and strengthens you in the process.
6. I Constantly Attract Opportunities that Improve my Life
Whether you’re facing a deadline, rejection or dealing with a new stressor at work, you can quickly drain your morale. But these difficulties don’t have to dictate your motivation or your mood. Anytime you’re feeling discouraged at work, affirm to yourself that your current troubles are wonderful opportunities to learn something new, grow and improve yourself. When you understand the importance of obstacles to personal development, you may find that you become less discouraged in the face of stress.
7. I Choose to Become Stronger and Grow Everyday.
Remember, there is nothing shameful or silly in asking questions. Every time you’re curious about something or don’t understand the instructions, or you need to listen to something once more for a better understanding of the topic, the answer to your question could bridge the gap between your career goals and you. Make a regular practice of affirming that humility isn’t a weakness, but a sign that you’re motivated to become the person you want to be.
Conclusion
These 7 positive affirmations for work are a great way of helping yourself to find motivation and reach your job goals. Positivity allows us to see new ways of solving problems and our thoughts are powerful weapons. As you begin to work on your thoughts with these positive affirmations, you will step beyond just positive thinking and have a significant impact on your subconscious mind
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
There are several things to consider when choosing a rehab center. The first thing is finding out what kind of treatment you need and if the center offers it. You also want to know if the center has the resources for your addiction problem or mental health diagnosis. Choosing a rehab center can be difficult because there are so many options available, but these six tips will help to narrow down your search!
1. Patient Orientation.
Find out what type of treatment they specialize in. Are you looking for rehabilitation from drugs? What about an eating disorder or addiction to alcohol? Some people will need more than one treatment, so it is essential to know how well-versed this center is at providing multiple therapies.
2. Accredited Treatment Centers.
You can look for accreditation with organizations like CARF, Joint Commission, or the American Alliance of Addiction. This will ensure that you are working with an accredited center and one that is professional in all aspects.
Many centers offer individual therapy sessions, group counseling, and family meetings, so it’s important to find out what this center offers.
The best way to find out if the rehab center is what you are looking for is by scheduling an appointment and speaking with someone in charge of patient intake or admissions. This will help you get all your questions answered so that you can decide whether this facility is right for you.
3. Therapists
This is important if you suffer from mental health issues. Some people need counseling for trauma, depression, or anxiety disorders, and the center must have the resources to treat these conditions. If your addiction stems from an underlying mental illness, you should look for a rehab that provides treatment for both issues. This will ensure a smooth transition from drug treatment to mental health counseling.
4. Psychiatric Training for Staff
Psychiatric nurses are necessary for mental health patients who need medications. Many rehab centers hire non-medically trained staff members, which can be dangerous if the patient needs medical attention.
Make sure to look at how long the therapist has worked in drug addiction treatment or mental health before choosing a rehab center. This will ensure they have the proper credentials and qualifications to treat you properly. You can ask for their professional license number to verify their credentials with the state board.
5. The Center’s Philosophy and Approach to Recovery.
You should also look into the center’s philosophy and approach to addiction treatment. Some people need a more structured environment with rules, while others prefer an open plan where they can relax more on their own time.
Many rehab centers offer alternatives such as wilderness programs, adventure therapy, or yoga retreats, which are great options for people who prefer a more physically active environment.
6. Accessibility of the Rehabilitation Facility
This is a significant factor when choosing an inpatient treatment center. Make sure they are near your house or work so you can continue your daily life while staying sober.
If you are looking for a facility, a simple Google search of “rehab near me” should yield several results. Once you find a center, make sure to call and ask them if they are within driving distance before booking an appointment for admission.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Poker is a hot news topic at the moment, thanks to the ongoing 2021 World Series of Poker event, which has attracted professional players from across the globe. It’s a sprawling and highly publicized event and one that inevitably sheds light on the more glamorous side of the game. While there’s a bit of an “everyman” flavour to the WSOP in its opening days, eventually we tend to wind up watching famous players competing for chip stacks worth millions.
Indeed, the life of poker players at the highest levels is quite glamorous. Even beyond the WSOP and those teetering chip stacks, the lifestyle is described by Poker.org as one that “seems amazing,” highlighted by world travel, lucrative earnings and, of course, the lack of a stressful nine-to-five job.
All of this makes it easy for us to look at poker pros purely as celebrities. Lest we forget, however, they had to work hard to get to where they are (like anyone else who has attained significant success). As such, they are actually people we stand to learn a great deal from, which is the idea we want to dig into here. Below, we’ll take a look at some particularly inspirational players.
Daniel Negreanu
Daniel Negreanu has certainly made a name for himself over the years, winning six World Series of Poker bracelets and earning more than $40 million in prize money. He is firmly cemented as one of the best to ever play the game. What many don’t realize though is that this success came in spite of rocky beginnings that saw Negreanu go broke in Vegas before eventually finding his feet.
According to Negreanu, some of the success he ultimately found can be attributed to going vegan. He’s made various statements over the years concerning his switch to veganism in 2006, and how the change to his lifestyle also improved his poker game. While most novice poker players don’t share the advantages of having employees prepare meals for them, Negreanu’s story has likely inspired many to change their diets and lifestyles for the better.
Vanessa Selbst
Vanessa Selbst has some impressive poker achievements under her belt as well. She’s the only woman, who has been ranked number one in the world on the Global Poker Index and has won more than $10 million during her career. But even following her retirement in 2018 (she’s since dabbled in a few tournaments), Selbst has been someone worth following.
In an interview on NYTimes.com after she retired, Selbst detailed how her new job as a hedge fund manager allowed her to support multiple progressive causes. In particular, the ex-pro ran a charitable foundation called Venture Justice, which she used to invest money in non-profit organizations. Selbst’s activism continues today, as she fights for the rights of the LGBT community, prisoners, and more.
Chris Moneymaker
You can’t talk about inspirational poker players without mentioning Chris Moneymaker. His win at the 2003 World Series of Poker event after qualifying through an online poker site was something that had never been seen before. It essentially led to the poker boom that continues to this day.
Moneymaker was an accountant before this fateful win, with no intentions of becoming a poker professional. But since his win in 2003, he’s stuck around in the world of poker, entering major tournaments on a regular basis. While he’s never reached the same lofty heights of that singular first WSOP appearance, Moneymaker has managed to build a career out of something he loves doing, even after establishing himself in another field entirely. While most of us won’t have something as dramatic as a WSOP Main Event win to lead us toward our passions, we can draw inspiration from Moneymaker’s story. It’s never too late!
If any of these inspirational poker players have motivated you to improve your life, check out some of our self-improvement articles here at RaiseTwice. After all, as all of these players demonstrate, making some changes to your life can bring about some extraordinarily positive results.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
When you ask children to list their heroes, healthcare workers usually go after policemen and firefighters. For millennia, this noble profession has been revered, and for generations, individuals have tried to improve it. Doctors and nurses have shown their importance during the pandemic outbreak of the Coronavirus, as they were the first to respond, risking their lives and making sure everything goes well. If you’re still not convinced and have your concerns, or if you’re a young lad attempting to make a decision, we’ll provide you with a list of arguments in the text below that could persuade you otherwise.
Prosperous future
One thing you might expect is an ever-growing prosperous future in the healthcare industry as it constantly is expanding. With constant innovations, the need for more technical staff with professional skills and knowledge is sought after, and therefore you’ll never be without a job. Also, your particular field of expertise can be anything and there is a wide range of possibilities.
If you are looking for something steady and secure, a career in healthcare can offer these things and much more.
You can make progress and move up the ladder
According to several types of research conducted, most workers quit their job in a span of 2 to 5 years with the explanation: “ I have learned everything there is to know”. The number of people trying to make progress and climb the hierarchy in their firm/business/enterprise comprises about one-tenth of the working force, meaning there are a lot of people willing to learn, make an effort to advance, and become more competitive.
Professionals are often not offering such conditions, or there is already an established order which will not change for the next couple of years. Therefore, if you feel ambitious and are seeking jobs and vocations giving you the chance to constantly learn something new, healthcare gives you exactly that. Basically, to work in a healthcare field means to stay informed, well-educated, and on track with the ongoing changes and advances made in your field of expertise. If you did not decide which field to choose from, the options vary and it really is a matter of your personal preferences rather than anything else. It is not only the fact that you can get a “steady” job and have a secure future, it is the ability to always become better if you wish.
You can travel
If you love adventure and love to move from location to location and expand your personal boundaries, a job in healthcare can give you the opportunity to do so. As previously said, medical professionals and medical staff are sought virtually anywhere from tiny villages to large cities, and you may try your luck at any given area provided the conditions are favorable.
Consider moving abroad as well, since many countries are always searching for medical staff owing to a lack of appropriate funding and suitable education; this may also apply to developed nations as the number of elderly and ailing people rises. For instance, Germany is recognized for its high need for expert medical personnel and employees.
There is room for everyone
The growing healthcare field is always looking for new and fresh minds, ambitious and ready to get engaged. Also, remember you’ll be constantly occupied and busy. There are rare moments when you feel not involved or bored. There is always the possibility of starting your own business in the healthcare field, meaning opening a private clinic. You can choose smaller clinics specialized in cardiovascular diseases which is the first step to complete independence and grow into something far bigger. Or you can join an already existing one, and become part of a new medical team. Basically, you’ll have the opportunity, even if the public sector is currently overloaded; there is always room for more specialists in the private sector.
Humanitarian help and volunteering
As stated before, one of the major reasons, if not the most important reason why someone is going for a career in this field, is the rewarding feeling of saving lives. Healthcare workers, though they do have long hours and often have to deal with critics and other insults, are knights in shining armor of our era. Their line of work requires patience, tolerance, concentration, expertise, and a lot of time. Yet the gratification and contentment are unique.
If you are an activist and humanitarian, always looking for ways to give back to the community or help those in need, one of the best ways to accomplish this life mission and become more than satisfied is a profession and career in healthcare. There are even programs sponsored by the Red Cross and similar organizations to transfer medical workers to third-world countries and help nations suffering from illnesses, pandemics, and maltreatment. Africa has for long been a continent receiving humanitarian aid, not just in terms of materials, but also professionals going on the ground to help. If you made it your life mission to help others, the best profession to do so might be in this field.
Hopefully, these suggestions made you feel more confident in making final selections and changed your mind if you had any reservations. The life of a medical professional may not be simple, but it is unquestionably fulfilling.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Mental health is often viewed as unimportant in comparison to physical health, but the reality is that your mental health is just as important. Just like you would take care of your body by eating healthy and exercising, you should also take care of your mind by practising healthy habits. Here are some of the reasons why taking care of your mental health is so important.
Mental Health and Physical Health
Mental health disorders are linked to poor overall physical health, making it more likely for someone with a mental disorder to suffer from chronic diseases. For example, someone suffering from depression may be more likely to have heart or respiratory problems because they use these organs less when they’re depressed. Mental illness is also linked to obesity and can even cause serious damage in the right circumstances.
Most of the time, someone who suffers from depression or addiction needs to keep away from the stressors in their environment. Some private clinics, such as Clinic Les Alpes, advise patients to keep away from stressful situations. Quiet and natural surroundings, as well as individual treatments and therapies, are recommended for recovery. Also, seeing family and friends regularly is good for someone who wants to get better.
The Effects of Mental Health Disorders
Mental health disorders not only put you at risk for other problems but can also affect your life in many ways. A study shows that people with mental disorders are more likely to be victims of violence than perpetrators, but they are targeted for their vulnerabilities. These can be bullied and alienated from others, and suicide rates are high among them as well.
Therefore, you must treat your mental health issues before they cause serious problems. Many people can see the signs of depression at an early stage and seek help because it’s easier to treat in its earlier stages. If you see the signs of a mental health disorder, you should seek counsel so you can improve your life.
Have a Meaningful Life
Having a good quality of life is one of the most important things for anyone, whether they have mental health issues or not. It’s what you make of it that counts. To do this, you need to keep yourself mentally healthy. By doing so, you can live your life with contentment and fulfilment. You will also feel fulfilled as your emotional and psychological needs are met as well.
This means that you should not let your mental health issues affect what you do in life. You can take control of your life by trying to stay in a good mood and finding meaning in everyday things. If you’re going through a hard time, try finding relief from sources like watching movies or reading a book that makes you happy. This will put a smile on your face and improve your mood.
Connection with People Around You
The right kind of social activity can go a long way in improving your mental health. You can also make better decisions lessening the risk for substance abuse disorders. Socializing with others can help you find support when facing mental health issues. You can share your feelings with people around you and get a better understanding of how they can help you recover from a mental difficulty.
Talking to friends and family members about your problems show that you value their opinion, which helps them bond with you. This is not only good for people suffering from mental health disorders but also for people without any disorders at all. By listening to your loved ones, you can be part of the conversation instead of feeling out of place.
However, when you know what it feels like to have a mental health disorder, you can understand how important it is to help others in the same situation. It’s often said that you don’t know what someone’s going through until you’ve experienced it yourself.
Mental Health and Well-Being
Mental health is not just an issue that involves our brains; it’s also associated with how we think, act, feel, and perceive things. Some psychological disorders are linked to physical issues as well, so you need to find ways to make sure you stay healthy. Without this, your mental health can deteriorate further and affect your life even more than it does already.
When you practice good mental habits, you can prevent many psychological disorders from developing or worsening. You should eat a balanced diet so your brain gets the nutrients it needs. Regular exercise helps keep your heart rate up, which is good for blood flow in the body, including the brain. Proper sleep also helps your brain function better. Of course, you shouldn’t forget about regular mental health checkups with your therapist to make sure everything’s working properly! Mental health is a common problem that affects many people and the importance of taking care of it can’t be understated. It’s important to take steps to prevent mental illness from worsening by eating a balanced diet, getting enough sleep, and staying socially engaged. But sometimes you may need professional help for your brain to function at its best.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Maintaining good health is key to a happy and productive life. Unfortunately, for many people, this is easier said than done. Juggling work, family, and social obligations can be difficult, and it often leaves little time for taking care of oneself. However, there are ways to improve one’s health without spending hours at the gym or eating nothing but celery sticks. This article will discuss how proper house solutions can help you improve your health.
Install A Whole-house Water Filtration System
One of the simplest and most effective ways to improve your health in Baltimore is drinking clean water. Not all water is safe to drink, and many municipal water supplies are contaminated with chlorine, lead, and other harmful chemicals.
Having a whole-house water filtration system is a great way to improve your health and protect your family from harmful chemicals. Having the privilege of drinking filtered water in Baltimore has many benefits, including improved digestion, increased energy levels, and better skin health. It is also an effective way to reduce energy costs, as it can help you save money on heating and cooling bills.
Add Some Color
A neutral colour palette can be calming and soothing, but it can also be a little too bland for some people. If you’re looking to add a bit of life and energy to your home, consider adding some colorful accents. This doesn’t mean that you have to go overboard with bright hues; a few well-placed accessories can make a big difference.
Choose colours that reflect your personality and make you feel happy and energized. A brightly coloured vase on the mantelpiece, a colourful painting over the sofa, or even a brightly patterned rug can inject some much-needed personality into your home.
There are no rules set in stone for decorating your home. So, experiment with different colours and styles until you find something you love. And, most importantly, enjoy your home. It should be a place to relax and feel comfortable in your skin.
Declutter
A cluttered home can be a breeding ground for dust mites, mould, and other allergens. If you suffer from allergies or asthma, it is vital to keep your living space as clean and free of clutter as possible.
Clutter can cause stress and anxiety, impacting your physical and mental health. Clearing away the clutter not only makes your home look nicer but also allows you to relax and de-stress. It can also help you feel more relaxed and organized. It can be therapeutic to get rid of unwanted items and create a more peaceful environment.
If you’re not sure where to start, try focusing on one area of your home at a time. Once you’ve decluttered that area, move on to the next until your entire house is clean and organized. You’ll be amazed at how much better you’ll feel once everything is in its place.
Let In Some Natural Light
Natural light can improve your mood, increase your energy levels, and even help you sleep better at night.
If you’re not getting enough natural light during the day, try opening up the curtains or blinds to let in more light. You can also move furniture around to create a more open and airy feel in your home.
If you don’t have a lot of windows, consider adding some skylights or solar tubes to brighten things up. Natural light is free and easy to come by, so there’s no excuse not to take advantage of it.
Add Plants
Plants help clean the air in your home, removing harmful toxins and pollutants. They also increase humidity levels, benefiting those who have asthma or other respiratory conditions.
Research has shown that exposure to nature can improve mental health and wellbeing. So, by adding plants to your home, you not only improve your physical health but also boost your emotional wellbeing.
Many types of plants are great for improving indoor air quality, so choose the best suit your needs and preferences. If you don’t have a lot of space, consider opting for small potted plants or hanging plants and enjoy the many benefits they have to offer.
Invest In High-Quality Mattress
A good night’s sleep is essential for your physical and mental health. If you’re not getting the recommended seven to eight hours of sleep each night, you’re putting your health at risk.
One way to improve your sleep quality is to invest in a high-quality mattress. A good mattress will support your body and keep your spine aligned, which can help reduce back pain and other associated health problems. It also helps to keep your body cool throughout the night, preventing you from waking up hot and sweaty.
These are just a few easy ways to improve your health with the help of your home. Remember, it’s essential to create a space you love and feel comfortable in. So, don’t be afraid to experiment with different colours, styles, and decorating ideas. The most important thing is that you’re happy with your home.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Are you struggling to overcome addiction? If so, you’re not alone. Addiction is a widespread problem that can affect anyone. No one ever expects to become addicted to drugs or alcohol, but it can happen to anyone. Thousands of people each year struggle with addiction and eventually find their way to recovery. It is possible to overcome addiction and regain control of your life. This guide will discuss the steps you need to take to recover from addiction and restore your beautiful life. Let’s get started.
Seek Professional Help
One of the most important steps you can take when recovering from addiction is seeking professional help. This can be in the form of therapy, counseling, or a rehabilitation program. A drug and alcohol treatment center have professionals that will help you “detoxify your body, develop healthy coping mechanisms, and identify the root causes of your addiction.” If you want to overcome addiction, professional help is essential.
When seeking professional help, it is essential to find a qualified and reputable source. There are many addiction treatment centers, but not all of them provide quality care. Do your research and find a center that meets your needs. You can ask for recommendations or check reviews online to find the best center for you.
Surround Yourself With Supportive People
Another essential step in recovering from addiction is to surround yourself with supportive people. This could be friends, family members, or a support group for addicts. These people will provide you with the emotional support you need to overcome your addiction.
They will also hold you accountable and help you stay on track with your recovery. It is essential to have people in your life who support your recovery and want the best for you. If possible, find someone close to who has already overcome addiction. They can provide you with valuable insight and advice.
Make Changes to Your Lifestyle
If you want to recover from addiction, you need to change your lifestyle. This includes changing your diet, getting more exercise, and avoiding triggers. These changes will help you physically and mentally recover from addiction.
For example, you may want to avoid going to bars or clubs with alcohol. You may also want to avoid hanging out with people who are still using drugs or alcohol. It is essential to create a new lifestyle that supports your recovery. This may take some time and effort, but it is worth it in the end.
Find New Hobbies and Interests
One of the best ways to stay sober is to find new hobbies and interests. When you’re addicted to drugs or alcohol, your life revolves around your addiction. This leaves little room for anything else. In recovery, you need to find new things to fill your time.
Some hobbies and interests you may want to consider are hiking, biking, painting, cooking, and writing. These activities can help you stay sober and keep your mind busy. They can also help you meet new people and make friends. If you’re unsure what hobbies or interests to explore, ask your therapist or counselor for suggestions.
Eat Well and Exercise Regularly
Another essential part of recovery is taking care of your physical health. This includes eating a healthy diet and getting regular exercise. Eating well and exercising will help you physically recover from addiction. They will also help you feel better mentally and emotionally.
If you’re not sure how to eat a healthy diet or get started with exercise, many resources are available. You can talk to your doctor, read books or articles, or even hire a personal trainer. The most important thing is to make sure you take care of your physical health. In addition to diet and exercise, staying hydrated is also important for maintaining physical health. To ensure that you stay properly hydrated, you can consider getting an at-home IV therapy in Chicago. This treatment can quickly and efficiently rehydrate your body, providing you with essential fluids, electrolytes, and vitamins to help you feel better and perform at your best.
Take It One Day at a Time
When recovering from addiction, it is essential to take things one day at a time. This means that you focus on the present and don’t worry about the future. It can be overwhelming to think about all the changes you need to make to recover from addiction.
By taking things one day at a time, you can focus on your goals and work towards them gradually. This will help you stay motivated and avoid getting overwhelmed. Don’t give up if you slip up or have a bad day. Just focus on tomorrow and keep moving forward.
The bottom line is that recovering from addiction is possible. You can overcome your addiction and restore your beautiful life with the right support and tools. You can start with simple tips such as the ones listed above, including seeking support, making lifestyle changes, and taking things one day at a time. Remember that you are not alone in this journey, and help is available. If you or someone you know is struggling with addiction, don’t hesitate to reach out for help. There is hope for a better tomorrow.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
It is essential to follow your treatment plan closely during breast cancer treatment. You need to understand your treatment plan and ask questions about any unclear aspects. Ensure you know what type of treatments you will be receiving, how often you will need to attend appointments, and what side effects to expect. If there are any treatments you are not comfortable with, discuss this with your doctor. There may be other options available that can better suit your needs.
When you are first diagnosed with breast cancer, it can feel like you are suddenly thrown into a world of unknowns. There is so much to learn and understand about your condition, the treatments available to you, and how to manage your health during this time best. While it may be tempting to try and tackle everything at once, it’s essential not to overlook some key aspects of your care. You shouldn’t ignore six things during your breast cancer treatment.
Your Diet
Eating nutritious foods will help keep your energy levels up and enable your body to fight cancer better. Eat plenty of fruits, vegetables, and whole grains. You should also limit your intake of processed foods, saturated fats, and sugars.
If you are having trouble eating due to treatment side effects such as nausea or fatigue, there are a few things that you can do. First, try eating smaller meals more frequently throughout the day. It may also be helpful to drink plenty of fluids and avoid spicy or greasy foods. If you are still struggling, talk to your doctor or a registered dietitian about ways that you can get the nutrition that you need.
Your Medications
Take your medications as prescribed by your doctor. This includes any prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, vitamins, or supplements that you are taking. Be sure to take them at the correct time and dosage.
If you are experiencing side effects from your medications, it is essential to talk to your doctor right away. They may adjust your dose or switch you to a different medication. Never stop taking a medication without first talking to your doctor.
Keep track of all of the medications that you are taking. This can be helpful if you ever have any questions or concerns. You can use a medication tracker or keep a list of your medications in your wallet or purse.
Your Sleep
Get adequate sleep during your breast cancer treatment. When you are well-rested, you will better cope with the stress of cancer and its treatment. Try to go to bed and wake up simultaneously each day. Avoid watching television or using electronic devices in bed.
If you are experiencing insomnia due to cancer treatment, there are a few things that you can do to help. First, try avoiding caffeine and alcohol before bedtime. You may also want to avoid eating large meals close to bedtime.
It may be helpful to practice some relaxation techniques before bed, such as deep breathing or yoga poses. If these measures do not help, talk to your doctor about medications that can help you get a good night’s sleep.
Your Emotions
It is normal to experience a range of emotions after being diagnosed with cancer. You may feel scared, sad, angry, or overwhelmed. It is important to allow yourself to feel these emotions and talk about them with your loved ones. Seek out support from others who have been through cancer treatment. There are also many helpful books and online resources that can help you manage your emotions during this time.
If you feel particularly depressed or anxious, seek professional help. Depression and anxiety can interfere with your ability to cope with cancer treatment and even lead to suicidal thoughts. Talk to your doctor about finding a therapist or counsellor who can help you deal with your emotional reactions to cancer.
Your Appointments
Keep all of your appointments, including appointments with your doctor, surgeon, oncologist, and other specialists you may be seeing. Keeping up with your lab tests and imaging studies is also essential. These appointments are vital for monitoring your cancer and ensuring it is being treated effectively.
If you have trouble keeping up with your appointments, talk to your doctor or case manager about setting up a schedule that works better for you. Arrive on time for your appointments and bring any relevant information. It includes a list of your medications, your insurance card, and any questions you may have for your doctor.
Cancer treatment can be a difficult and overwhelming process. However, there are many things you can do to make it easier for yourself. Be sure to keep up with your appointments, take your medications as prescribed, and eat a healthy diet. If you are feeling overwhelmed or depressed, seek out professional help. And finally, make sure you understand your treatment plan and ask questions about anything unclear. By following these tips, you can make cancer treatment a little easier and ensure that you get the best possible care.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
The first step in achieving your desired shape is to begin a healthy diet and exercise regimen. Your goal should be to exercise three days per week and eat a well-balanced diet. Losing weight is a gradual process that takes time to achieve, so start slowly and increase your intensity gradually. Then, you’ll soon notice visible results in no time. To lose fat, you must lose some of your existing fat.
The best way to lose fat and tone your body is to start with small, sustainable workouts focusing on just one muscle group at a time. These exercises should be done regularly, but if you want to lose more fat than muscle, you should increase your repetitions. The length of your workouts depends on the intensity you use and the consistency you stick to. Achieving your fitness goals with a few weeks of consistent workouts is easy.
Complete Guide: How Long Does it Take to Tone Muscles?
While it may be difficult to determine exactly how long it will take to tone your body, it can take four to eight weeks. The duration of your workout program will depend on your goal and exercise intensity. It could take up to nine months for those with excess body weight to see visible results. Those who have a history of unhealthy habits should consult a physician, nutritionist, or personal trainer to determine the right amount of time for their specific needs.
During the first few weeks of exercise, you should focus on one muscle group at a time. While you cannot work out your entire body simultaneously, you can increase the repetitions in each exercise session. Your muscle tone will be visible after four to eight weeks if you have a consistent exercise routine. In addition to regular exercise, eating a balanced diet with plenty of protein and fiber will also improve reaction time and your body’s tone.
Regular Physical Exercise is a Must
Depending on the type of exercise you choose, your metabolism and diet will determine how long it takes to get the desired results. Your goal and timeframe will determine how long it will take for your body to tone. Your exercise regimen should also include a healthy diet with low-calorie levels and a moderate amount of protein. Whether you want to lose fat or tone up your body, you should start a workout program today to get the desired results. If you are already in an unhealthy weight or muscle-wasting state, you can always go back to your previous exercise routines, and reaction time exercises, and eat healthier.
A fitness program aims to tone the body and increase your confidence. This process can take several months, depending on the type of exercise, diet, and how much time you spend exercising. Your goals and efforts will determine how long it will take to get the desired results. Focus on one area at a time and work on it daily to see results. When you exercise regularly, you will notice that your body will become firmer and sexier.
Choose Workout Plan
Choosing the right workout for you is essential. A good routine will include a few exercises targeting different body parts. The best workouts will focus on building muscle and burning fat. You’ll be on your way to a healthy body by choosing the right exercises. You can even use a calorie calculator. The NASM website also offers a free calorie calculator that helps you calculate how many calories you’ll need for each workout.
Among the various types of workouts, the most effective will tone your body. This routine will benefit you not only now but in the future as well. The best way to tone your body is to find an exercise routine that is effective for your particular body type. There are several different ways to tone your body. It’s important to include a variety of exercises to keep the body balanced and the muscles firm. While a weight-lifting routine should be performed to tone your body, it’s important to consider the amount of protein you consume during the exercise session. A good rule of thumb is to increase your protein intake by a few grams per set. By increasing the amount of protein you consume, you’ll be able to build more muscle tissue and lose 10 pounds in 2 weeks and a lot of fat. Your body will thank you! You’ll look fitter in no time.
Building Muscles
Push-ups are an excellent way to build muscle. Start in the push-up position with palms facing forward. Make sure to engage your core while keeping your legs straight with the best bodyweight leg exercises. Bend at the elbows so that your hands are just above the floor. This is an excellent exercise to tone the lower body and the hip flexors. Squats are another great exercise that will work your hip flexors and lower back. Always do push-ups with both feet on the floor.
Squats are a great way to burn fat and tone your body. Squats work the lower back, legs, and abdominal muscles. Both should be done with both feet on the floor. And make sure to keep your knees straight. Incorporate a squat and a push-up exercise routine for a lean, firm look. Once you’ve done these exercises regularly, you’ll have an even more toned body in no time.
Core Exercises
To tone your body at home, you must do exercises targeting your core. Exercises to tone your body at home will help you achieve your desired results. Make sure that you do cardiovascular and weight-lifting before starting your day. Aside from these, it would help to eat well-balanced meals to keep your muscles in good shape. They’ll help you burn fat and lose weight by burning fat.
Strengthen your Muscles
The key to toned muscles is to reduce the amount of fat and strengthen your muscles. To do this, you need to make a few changes to your diet and exercise. The extent of effort you put into getting a sculpted body will depend on your desired level of fitness. However, losing fat is the first step to becoming fit and lean. The goal of this exercise is to lower your body fat percentage. To lose weight, you need to cut down your caloric intake. The body will mobilize fat to make up for the energy deficit.
The most important rule for toning muscles is reducing your caloric intake. Following a diet that allows you to build muscle and lose weight while keeping your metabolism running is important. This way, you’ll have more energy and be confident. In addition to eating more fruits and vegetables, you should also practice a good workout regimen. This way, you’ll be healthier overall and look great at any function. When it comes to exercise, a combination of cardiovascular exercises and muscle-building exercises is the best way to get a lean and toned body. A combination of cardiovascular exercises and weightlifting is the most effective way to build lean muscles. By reducing your caloric intake, you’ll be able to improve the size of your muscles. It’s important to keep in mind that to look great, you must be fit.
During weight lifting sessions, you should perform at least six different exercises. You should aim to complete one or two sets of each exercise and do these three to four days a week. A calorie calculator is useful for calculating your total daily caloric intake. Cardiovascular exercises in your target heart zone also help to tone your muscles and burn calories. It would help if you focused on a minimum of three 20-minute cardio workouts per week.
Weight Lift Sessions
You should focus on a combination of compound movements, such as the bicep curl, which involves many different joints and muscles. When you reach momentary muscle failure, you should try heavier weights on the next set or lower the repetitions for the previous set. If you want to bulk up, you should avoid doing exercises that involve too much cardio. These sessions may be too demanding for your muscles and harm your health.
Full-Body Exercises
Toning your body takes a bit of time, but the results will be worth it in the end. Starting with a full-body workout routine, you’ll lose 10 pounds in 1 week. You’ll need to eat well enough to maintain the toned look you want to achieve. You’ll build muscle and lose fat by working out three times per week. The result is a better-looking body!
The amount of time it takes to tone your body varies. The type of exercise you choose, your diet, and your genetics will all affect how fast you achieve your desired body shape. It can take four to eight weeks to achieve a perfectly toned body, depending on your goals and the type of exercise. In addition, it is important to have a good diet to help you burn the calories you burn and maintain a good body image. It is important to remember that a full-body workout will only get you the desired shape if you start with a diet that is rich in fruits and vegetables. A balanced diet will help you lose one or two pounds a week and keep your body looking fit. You should aim for a two-pound weight loss per week if you’re a beginner. In addition to losing weight, you should also make sure you’re eating a healthy diet.
Cardio Exercises
Aside from lifting weights and incorporating cardio exercises, a morning jog should include lifting weights and eating nutritious food. This workout is not only for weight loss but also helps eliminate fat. You’ll be more powerful and fierce, so you can do whatever you want. A healthy lifestyle will benefit your mental health as well. A balanced diet and exercise routine will help you get a great toned body.
When it comes to sports, it’s important to be sure to include plenty of cardiovascular exercise and weightlifting to get the best results. These exercises will help tone your muscles and your overall body. They are an excellent way to burn excess fat and get a firmer body. There are also many other ways to tone your body. Try different types of activities such as swimming and rowing. These will help you build muscle and sculpt your whole body.
How Much Time Does It Take To Tone Muscles?
A proper diet will also make your muscles toned. Your body needs a lot of protein to build new muscle. It would help if you ate a diet rich in foods that will help build muscles and tone your frame. A well-balanced diet will give you the shape you want. In addition to consuming plenty of protein, you should consume plenty of water. Taking regular vitamins and minerals is important to muscle toning your body. While losing fat is not hard, it can take several months to get the desired results. Adding muscle is important for two reasons. It will make your body look slimmer, and it will also improve your confidence and self-image. This process will take time, but it will be worth it in the long run. Losing a few pounds each week and toning your body is possible. This can be done by cutting out unhealthy foods and eating a healthy diet.
How long it takes to tone your body depends on your goals and the amount of time you invest in it. If you want to lose 15 pounds in a month with a lot of fat and build muscle, you should aim for a healthy diet that contains plenty of proteins and carbohydrates. If you’re overweight, you may need to spend more time toning your body and losing fat. You can start to tone your body by focusing on one specific muscle group at a time.
Factors Responsible for Muscle Growth
A toned body is an important factor in overall health when it comes to losing fat and getting into shape. Achieving the desired level of tone requires a daily calorie deficit. Your genetics partly determines your metabolism, but other factors can influence how many calories you burn daily. Also, your age and gender can influence how many calories you need. If you exercise regularly, try consuming eight glasses of water daily.
To bulk up, you must lift heavier weights and do fewer repetitions per set. To increase muscle mass, you must perform exercises that cause muscle failure and require higher sets and weights. When working out, always aim to achieve the state of overload. The more you lift the weights, the higher the resistance. To lose fat and build muscle mass, you must do two separate phases – one for building muscle, the other for losing fat.
What To Eat?
One of the best USA tips for toning your body is to eat plenty of fruits and vegetables. Eating fruit and vegetables helps your body lose fat and maintain perfect shape. Choose fruits that are in season in your area and opt for whole ones rather than juices. This will reduce the amount of fructose in your diet. Squats also help tone your body by exercising your lower legs and core.
To maintain a toned body, start with a calorie deficit. This will help you burn fat and keep your muscles lean. The biggest rule for toning your body is to restrict your caloric intake. It would help if you aimed to burn more calories than you consume. To lose fat, you need to reduce your calorie intake. If you eat too many calories, your body will mobilize the fat reserves to balance the energy deficit. Remember to keep a healthy diet. The most important rule for a toned body is to limit your calories. A balanced diet provides the energy you need to work out and stay lean. You can lose weight by doing different types of exercise and eating less. By reducing your caloric intake, you can tone your body. Your diet will determine the number of calories you burn each day. To achieve your goal, you should try to limit your daily calorie consumption and focus on losing fat.
Keep With a Balanced Diet
You should also include a balanced diet, including plenty of protein. Your body needs protein to maintain its tone, so you should ensure you get enough protein. For example, a typical workout consists of one or two sets of abdominal exercises and two chest and back exercises. After each set, you should increase the weights and do the same exercise again. If you have a lot of extra weight, consider using a barbell. Adding more protein to your diet can help you lose fat and build muscle. Managing your calorie intake is an important part of any workout program. You should include two liters of water daily and add a couple of protein shakes to each session. These shakes can help your muscles stay sculpted and prevent you from developing excessive belly fat. They can also help you burn off excess weight, making you look more toned and sexy.
Limit Calories and Metabolism
When it comes to working out, the two most important rules for getting a firm and toned body are to limit calories and increase your metabolism. While lifting weights is an excellent exercise, the more intense you work out, the leaner your body will become. Aim to increase your muscle mass as much as possible while reducing your body fat percentage to a manageable level. You can use cardio machines or free weights to tone your body. The first tip for toning your body is to increase your daily water intake. Water helps keep your body hydrated and helps your skin stay healthy. It also gives you the energy to perform your workouts and builds muscle. By drinking more water, you’ll be able to build a lean and toned body. There are several other ways to tone your body. And these are just a few of them.
When it comes to working out, the two most important rules for getting a firm and toned body are to limit calories and increase your metabolism. While lifting weights is an excellent exercise, the more intense you work out, the leaner your body will become. Aim to increase your muscle mass as much as possible while reducing your body fat percentage to a manageable level. You can use cardio machines or free weights to tone your body. The first tip for toning your body is to increase your daily intake of water. Water helps keep your body hydrated and helps your skin stay healthy. It also gives you the energy to perform your workouts and builds muscle. By drinking more water, you’ll be able to build a lean and toned body. There are several other ways to tone your body. And these are just a few of them.
Fruit Diet
Some great tips for toning your body at home. Including whole fruits in your diet is one of the best ways to achieve your desired tone. Fruits contain fiber, water, and nutrients your body needs to be healthy. You should choose fruits that are in season. It’s also better to eat whole fruits than fruit juice. In addition, eating whole fruit will reduce the amount of fructose in your diet. To achieve a lean and toned body, make sure to eat a nutritious diet. This will help your muscles to develop. A lack of nutrients will prevent you from achieving a toned physique. Water is also essential for a well-toned body. Dehydration can cause bloating and may even lead to fatigue during workouts. In addition, water flushes toxins out of your body, keeping you motivated and focused while you work out.
FAQ
1️⃣ What’s the Fastest Way to Tone Your Body?
HIIT, classical cardio, Tabata protocol, running, swimming, jump rope, elliptical trainer, stairmaster and rowing machine are all quick ways to lose weight and tone your body. Each allows you to burn calories while toning your body.
2️⃣ How Much Should I Exercise to Be Toned?
In general, try to do either 30 minutes of moderate-intensity cardio exercise at least four days a week or 25 minutes of high-energy aerobic exercise three days a week.
3️⃣ How Long Does It Take to Tone Up and Lose Weight?
It takes about eight weeks to lose weight and gain muscle mass, but even if you don’t see muscle definition, the benefits you get from exercising will be significant.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
First of all, remember that your body is exclusive, unique, and beautiful. But sometimes you may ask yourself: «Am I satisfied with my arms shape?» Maybe you’ve been thinking about how to tone flabby arms. And how to tone arms fast? Here we are to calm you down. A flabby arm is a common problem for many people worldwide. It affects equally men and women. Besides, flabby arms are hard to hide, especially in summer.
How Long Does it Take to Tone Arms?
You will usually see the difference between 1-1,5 months of two elements combination. They are training and a special diet. It also depends on the amount of fat you want to lose and your genetics. So, let’s start this journey to tone arms! We want to help you to be more confident and get real results from our article.
What Causes Flabby arms?
Several factors can make this process worse in a short amount of time. The list of them you can read below.
For example, genetics. You can be one of that people who gathers more fat around the arms. Did you know that men tend to assemble more fat in the middle part of the body? Aging is another strong factor that prevents you from toning your upper arms. Women are more susceptible to it because the older they get, the less testosterone they have. And it makes it very difficult for them to tone underarms.
Physical activity. When you age, your metabolic rate decreases, and you need more exercises to tone your upper arms. In another case, extra fat will stick to your arms.
Percentage of body fat. It’s logical: the more fat you have in your organism, the more fat you will see on your arms.
Nutrition habits. The number of calories you eat during the day and what kind of food you eat. When do you eat your food? Do you prefer to eat more in the evening or to have a big caloric breakfast?
So, Can You Tone Flabby arms?
Yes, for sure, is it possible to tone your body flabby arms. If you do special exercises every day, it will help you a lot to reach your aim. But remember that a toned arms workout isn’t enough for a great result. A special diet will help you to get there much quicker. It will influence the percentage of your body fat and will make it lower. Please pay attention that each person and body is different and function in non-identical ways. Here we give only common recommendations on how to get toned arms. We don’t know your health condition, and things that are okay for a healthy person can be inappropriate for someone with some health issues. One more thing that can slow down the process is your genetics. Because first of all, you lose fat in an area where fat occurs first according to your body type.
How Long Does it Take to Lose Arm Fat?
As written previously, it can take a few weeks to a few months. If you focus on tone arms workout, it will take you less time to reach the goal. Dealing with your body weight is a huge part of the process. As soon as you normalize your body fat, you will be able to tone under your arms quickly. The amount of fat you can lose during that time depends on the physical process in your body, the exercises you do, and your diet. Having huge arms will take you longer than someone with a little arm fat. You will have to try harder if you have large arms. At the same time, if you have little arm fat, you will quickly see the difference between before and after-toned arms.
Factors to Achive Great Results
You know how they say: «You are what you eat». That is 100% true. Healthy food is the answer if you think of how to tone your upper arms. Try to avoid sugary-filled drinks and junk food. Add more fruits and vegetables and drink plenty of water.
Count calories. It would help if you found out how many calories you need to burn daily and how many calories you need to consume to balance your diet. Reduce your diet by at least 500 calories daily, and you’ll soon see the difference when you see toned arms before and after.
Physical activity is an important part Of the article. You can find the top 3 exercises for reducing arm fat. They are quite easy, and there is no need to buy special equipment or clothes to perform the exercises.
Aerobic exercise. These also include tennis and rowing. Besides, swimming is highly recommended because it involves hand muscles directly. In addition, other exercises such as rowing and tennis involve your arms and body to a great extent.
Try to have a good night’s sleep. Sometimes it is hard to achieve a night of quality sleep. Eight hours per night should be enough. Learn to go to bed and get up simultaneously every day. Try to keep weekend sleep schedules at least one hour apart from weekdays.
Reduce the stress-provoking factors in your life. Reserve time for self-care, and try to avoid toxic people and relationships. If you always lack time, ask for help when you need it and practice other time-management skills.
Best Bodyweight Exercises For Bat Wing Arms
I want to describe the top 3 best ways to tone arms with exercises, which answer the question «how to tone the back of arms?» First, let me introduce you to kneeling close-grip push-ups. It’s like a push-up on your knees;
Kneel on the floor while keeping your back straight;
Put your palms shoulder-width apart on the floor in front of you and shift your weight to your whole hand, including your fingers;
Lower your torso until your chest touches the floor;
Focus on keeping your abs and butt muscles active during the exercise;
Lift your torso back up while straightening your arms.
Repeat a minimum of ten times. If you feel tired, take a short break before the next exercise.
Secondly, there is an incline close Grip Push-up. The difference between the previous exercise is that you will practice push-ups with your hands close together on an incline bench or other elevated surface. These push-ups primarily involve the pectoral muscles and reduce the tension on the arms and shoulders. Thirdly, we have the full close-grip diamond push-up. To perform it, place your hands and front feet on the floor. Then you should raise your body straight from your head to your heels. Afterward, put your index fingers and thumbs together like a rhomb. Lower your chest to the ground and bend your elbows. When your chest almost touches the ground, pause and push your body back by extending your arms. That’s it! For most people, who want tone-flabby arms, it’s a question of about four weeks. Try to combine all the advice you’ve got in this article. Here is a reminder that it is harder for some women to lose weight because of hormones. But it’s not a problem, because everything starts with your wish and discipline. This article was made only for general informational purposes. We recommend you consult your doctor before making any decision, even if you don’t have any health issues.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
It’s no secret that working out is good for you. In fact, it’s one of the best things that you can do for your physical and mental health. Not only does regular exercise help to keep your body in shape, but it also has several other benefits, including improving your mood, reducing stress levels, and helping to fight off depression.
But if you want to see these benefits, it’s important to make sure that you’re working out in the right way. Here are some helpful tips on how to get the most out of your workouts!
Make a Plan
One of the best ways to make sure that you’re getting the most out of your workouts is to create a plan. This means that you should set specific goals and figure out what types of exercises you need to do to achieve them. Not only will this help to keep you motivated, but it will also help to ensure that you’re covering all of your bases.
For example, if your goal is to lose weight, you’ll need to include a mix of cardio and strength training in your plan. And if your goal is to improve your overall fitness level, you’ll need to focus on aerobic exercises like running or biking.
Budget and Time Commitment
Another thing to consider when creating your workout plan is how much time and money you’re willing to commit. Obviously, the more time and money you put in, the better the results will be. But if you’re not able to commit a lot of time or money, that’s okay too! There are plenty of options available for people who are on a tight budget or don’t have a lot of time.
For instance, you can choose exercises that you can do at home or that don’t require special equipment. When you find various coupons and promo codes for gyms and other fitness studios. These coupons also offer other benefits, for healthy meals, or spa treatments, so you can take care of a healthy body and mind.
And if you’re really short on time, you can try a HIIT workout, which is a high-intensity routine that only takes about 15 minutes to complete.
The Right Environment
It’s also important to make sure that you’re working out in the right environment. This means finding a place where you feel comfortable and that motivates you to work harder. It can also mean finding a workout buddy or joining a supportive online community.
For example, if you’re a runner, it might be helpful to join a running group or find a running buddy. This way, you can get the encouragement and support that you need to keep going. And if you’re not comfortable with working out in public, there are plenty of online communities that you can join. These communities offer a great support system and can be a great source of motivation.
The Right Clothing
Another thing to consider when working out is the type of clothing that you’re wearing. It’s important to wear clothes that are comfortable and that allow you to move freely. This means avoiding tight clothes or clothes that are made from non-breathable materials.
It’s also important to wear the right shoes. If you’re going for a run, for instance, it’s important to wear running shoes or sneakers. If you’re going to the gym, it’s important to wear clothes that are appropriate for the type of exercise that you’re doing.
On the other hand, if you’re just starting, avoid wearing tight clothing altogether. This is because you don’t want to feel uncomfortable or discouraged during your first workouts.
The Right Type of Workout
Not all workouts are created equal. Make sure you’re doing the right type of workout for your fitness level and goals.
There are different types of workouts that you can do, depending on your fitness level and goals. It’s also important to find a type of workout that you enjoy. If you don’t enjoy your workouts, you won’t be as likely to stick with them in the long run. Try different types of workouts to see which one you enjoy the most.
Good Form
When it comes to good form, there are a few key things to remember. First, make sure you’re using the correct weight for each exercise. You don’t want to use too much weight or too little weight, as this can lead to injuries.
Second, make sure you’re using the proper technique. Check with a personal trainer or look up videos online on how to do each exercise correctly. This way, you can make sure you’re not putting unnecessary stress on your joints and muscles.
Third, make sure you’re breathing correctly. Remember to exhale as you lift weights and inhale as you lower them. This will help you to stay focused and avoid getting out of breath.
The Right Time
When it comes to working out, it’s important to find the right time for you. Some people prefer to work out in the morning, while others prefer to work out at night. It’s important to find a time that fits into your schedule and that you enjoy.
For instance, if you don’t like working out early in the morning, don’t force yourself to do it. Try working out later in the day or evening instead. Or, if you like working out in the morning, try getting up a little bit earlier so that you have more time to work out.
You can also experiment with different times to see which one works best for you. Try working out at different times throughout the week to see which one gives you the best results.
The Right Frequency
How often you should work out also depends on your fitness level and goals. If you’re just starting, it’s important to start slow and gradually increase your frequency. This way, you can avoid injuries and get used to working out.
Some people prefer to work out every day, while others prefer to work out a few times a week. It’s important to find a frequency that works best for you and that you can stick with. For example, if you work out every day but then miss a day, you might feel discouraged and less likely to continue working out.
On the other hand, if you only work out a few times a week, you might not see as many results. Try experimenting with different frequencies to see which one works best for you.
The Right Intensity
If you’re working out at the wrong intensity, you won’t see the results you’re hoping for. Make sure you’re challenging yourself but not pushing yourself too hard.
When it comes to intensity, it’s important to find a balance. You don’t want to work out so intensely that you’re exhausted afterward, but you also want to challenge yourself so that you see results.
If you’re just starting, it might be helpful to start with lower-intensity workouts and then gradually increase the intensity. This way, you can avoid injuries and get used to working out at a higher level.
On the other hand, if you’re already in good shape, try increasing the intensity of your workouts. This will help you see greater results in a shorter amount of time.
Warm-Up and Cool Down
Always make sure to warm up and cool down properly before and after your workouts. This will, again, help to prevent injuries and ensure that you get the most out of your workouts.
A good warm-up should include some light cardio and stretch. A good cool-down should include more stretching and a few minutes of low-intensity cardio. This will help your body to recover properly after your workout.
Additionally, always make sure to drink plenty of water before, during, and after your workouts. This will help to hydrate your body and avoid injuries.
Fuel Your Body Properly
What you eat before and after your workouts can also make a big difference in terms of results. Eating the right foods before your workout will give you energy and help you to perform better. Try eating something high in protein and carbs, such as a banana or an energy bar.
However, eating the right foods after your workout will help you to recover faster. Try a protein shake or some grilled chicken breasts. This will help your muscles to repair and rebuild themselves after your workout.
If you want to see results, you need to make sure you’re working out in the right way. Follow these tips to get the most out of your workouts and see great results!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
There are many reasons you might need to take compound medication. In some cases, one medication is simply not enough to help you get better. When this happens, it’s time to consider taking a compound medication. This type of medicine is made up of more than one drug and is specifically designed to treat a certain condition or set of conditions.
Here are 11 reasons you might need to take compound medication.
Your Medical Condition
If you have a complex or serious medical condition, your doctor might recommend that you take a compound medication. This type of medication is made up of multiple drugs that work together to treat your condition. By using multiple drugs, your doctor can target your condition more effectively and help you get better faster. For example, if you have HIV, your doctor might prescribe a compound medication that includes two or more drugs. This approach can help to suppress the virus and prevent it from spreading.
Very often, pharmacies can make these compound medications for you. For example, it is possible to order compounding custom medication in North York if you’re in this area. The pharmacies will deliver the medicine to you and, if your insurance covers them, the cost might be lower than taking multiple prescription drugs separately.
Complications from Surgery
If you had surgery, you might need to take a compound medication afterward. This is because surgery can sometimes cause complications that require additional treatment. For example, if you have an infection after surgery, a compound antibiotic medication to help clear up the infection.
Another reason is to help manage pain. Depending on the type of surgery you had, you might need to take painkillers for a few days or weeks afterward. Taking a single medication might not be enough to control your pain. By taking a compound medication that includes both painkillers and anti-inflammatory drugs, you can get relief from both the pain and inflammation.
Pregnancy
During pregnancy, your body goes through many changes and some of these changes can affect how your medications work. For example, some medications can cross the placenta and enter the baby’s bloodstream. This can cause problems for the baby, such as birth defects.
On the other hand, some medications are safe to take during pregnancy. Your doctor can help you figure out which medications are safe for you to take and which ones should be avoided. If you need to take multiple medications, your doctor might recommend that you take a compound medication instead. This is because taking multiple individual medications can be risky for both you and your baby.
This way, to help ensure that your baby is healthy, it includes drugs that are safe for both you and your baby, and by taking a single compound medication, you can reduce the risk of any problems caused by your medications and their side effects.
Organ Transplant
If you have received an organ transplant, you might also need to take a compound medication. This is because transplant patients are at risk for developing certain infections. For example, patients who receive a kidney transplant are at risk for developing an infection called cytomegalovirus (CMV). On the other hand, patients who receive a heart transplant are at risk for developing Candida.
To help protect you from these infections, a compound medication that includes antibiotics and/or antivirals might be prescribed. This will help to reduce your risk of developing an infection and can help keep you healthy after your transplant.
The compound medication can help with any kind of infection, not just those that are related to organ transplants. For example, if you develop a urinary tract infection or UTI, a compound antibiotic medication can help to clear up the infection. Also, if you have a respiratory infection, a compound medication that includes an antibiotic and/or antiviral can help to treat it.
Aging
As you get older, you are more likely to experience health problems. This can make taking multiple medications necessary to treat your conditions. For example, if you have high blood pressure and diabetes, you might need to take two or three different medications to control both conditions. By taking a compound medication, you can reduce the number of pills you need to take each day.
This can make it easier for you to stick to your medication schedule and improve your overall health. Additionally, compound medications are often better tolerated by older adults than multiple individual medications.
The simplicity and convenience of taking a single compound medication can be helpful for older adults who might have difficulty remembering to take multiple pills.
Autoimmune Disease
One common reason you may need to take compound medication is if you have an autoimmune disease. When your immune system attacks your own body, it can be difficult to get relief from just one medication. Taking a combination of medications that work together can help to suppress the immune system and provide relief.
These diseases can be very serious, like lupus, and can cause a wide range of symptoms that make everyday life difficult. On the other hand, some autoimmune diseases are not as serious, like Hashimoto’s thyroiditis. In these cases, you may be able to treat the disease with just one medication. However, it is important to work with your doctor to find the best treatment for you.
Arthritis
Another common reason you may need to take compound medication is if you have arthritis. This condition can cause severe pain and inflammation in the joints, making it difficult to move around. Taking a combination of medications that work together can help to relieve these symptoms and make living with arthritis easier.
Most people with arthritis take non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) in addition to other medications. NSAIDs help to reduce inflammation, while other medications work to relieve pain. This combination of medications can be very effective in managing arthritis symptoms, rheumatoid arthritis as well. This type of compound medication is known as a disease-modifying antirheumatic drug or DMARD.
Asthma
Asthma is a respiratory condition that can cause difficulty breathing, chest tightness, and wheezing. It is most common in children but can occur at any age. There is no cure for asthma, but there are treatments that can help to control the symptoms, such as medications and inhalers.
However, some people with asthma also need to take compound medication. This may be because they are not responding well to the individual medications, or because they have a more severe form of the disease. Taking a combination of medications that work together can help to control asthma symptoms better and make it easier to breathe.
Depression and Anxiety
Depression and anxiety are two of the most common mental health disorders in Canada. According to the National Institute of Mental Health, these conditions affect around 18 percent of adults each year. In many cases, antidepressants and anxiety medications are not enough to help a person achieve remission or reduce their symptoms. Compound medication can be a way to provide additional relief in these cases.
For example, a person with depression might be prescribed an antidepressant and a compound medication that includes an antipsychotic. This would help to treat both the depression and any accompanying psychotic symptoms. Also, anxiety can be treated with a benzodiazepine and an antidepressant. This combination would help to reduce the symptoms of anxiety while also preventing any potential addiction to benzodiazepine.
Treating Cancer
Cancer is a serious disease that can cause a wide range of symptoms. It can be difficult to treat cancer with just one medication, so many people with cancer also need to take compound medication. This includes medications that help to fight cancer, like chemotherapy drugs, as well as medications that help to relieve the side effects of chemotherapy, like nausea and vomiting.
Chemotherapy can be very effective in treating cancer, but it can also cause several side effects. Taking a compound medication that includes both anti-cancer drugs and medications to relieve side effects can help to reduce these side effects and make treatment easier.
On the other hand, not all cancer treatments require chemotherapy. Some people with cancer may only need to take radiation therapy or surgery. In these cases, they will not need to take a compound medication.
Cardiovascular Disease
Cardiovascular disease is a condition that affects the heart and blood vessels. It can cause a wide range of symptoms, like chest pain, shortness of breath, and heart failure. Cardiovascular disease is a serious condition that can lead to death if not treated.
Many of the causes of cardiovascular disease are treated with medications, like statins and beta-blockers. However, there is no one-size-fits-all treatment for cardiovascular disease, so many people with this condition also need to take compound medication. This may include medications to lower blood pressure, reduce cholesterol, and prevent blood clots. Taking a combination of medications that work together can help to control the symptoms of cardiovascular disease and improve your prognosis.
As you can see, there are many reasons why someone might need to take compound medication. If a person is not responding well to the individual medications they are prescribed or has a more severe form of their condition, taking this type of medicine may be necessary to control symptoms and improve prognosis.
If you have any questions about whether or not you need to take compound medication, please talk to your doctor. They can help to determine if this is the best course of treatment for you.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
If you’re a chronic snorer, you know how frustrating it can be to get a good night’s sleep. You’ve probably tried all the usual remedies, like sleeping on your side or elevating your head, but nothing seems to work. If you’re looking for something new to try, here are a few things that might finally help you get some relief. Snoring is often caused by excess tissue in the throat blocking the airway. This can be due to obesity, large tonsils, or simply genetics. Whatever the cause of your snoring, there are a few things you should have in mind if you are snoring while sleeping. This article will also provide some tips on how to stop snoring.
You Need to Ensure That Your Snoring Doesn’t Affect Your Partner
Snoring is one of those things that can put a damper on your relationship. Not only does it keep your partner up at night, but it can also be a sign of sleep apnea, which is a serious condition. Luckily, you can take steps to ensure that your snoring doesn’t affect your relationship. With a little bit of effort, you and your partner can get a good night’s sleep without any disruptions. Snoring is one of those things that most people don’t like to talk about. It’s embarrassing, and it can be a real pain for the person who has to listen to it every night. But if you’re in a relationship, the chances are that your partner has been dealing with your snoring for a while now. If you want to keep things running smoothly, you need to take steps to reduce your snoring.
You Need to Address the Root Cause of Your Snoring
If you’re a chronic snorer, it’s essential to address the root cause of your snoring. This means that you need to find out what’s causing the problem and take steps to fix it. A few different things might be causing your snoring, including obesity, large tonsils, or a deviated septum. If you can identify the root cause of your snoring and address it, you’ll be well on your way to reducing your snoring.
Invest in a Snoring Solution
There are several different snoring solutions on the market, and it’s crucial to invest in one that will work for you. If you’re looking for a way to reduce your snoring, a snoring solution might be the answer. These devices are designed to help you stop snoring, and they come in a variety of different shapes and sizes. Some companies have gone the extra mile to put up reviews that can be helpful. This way, you can find the best device for you. If you’re looking for a way to reduce your snoring, snoring aids might be the answer.
Other management
Invest in a good-quality noise machine or earplugs to drown out the sound of your snoring.
Consider natural remedies such as herbs and supplement
Change your sleep position. Sleeping on your back allows tissues in your throat to collapse and block your airway.
Lose weight if you’re overweight or obese. Extra fatty tissue around the neck can contribute to snoring.
Consider sleeping in a separate room if your partner struggles to get a good night’s sleep.
Ask your partner to gently nudge you if they notice that you’re snoring heavily.
If your partner struggles to get a good night’s sleep, you might want to see a doctor about possible solutions.
You Need to Be Aware of the Potential Health Risks Associated With Snoring.
Although snoring might not seem like a big deal, it can be a sign of a more serious health condition. Snoring is often a sign of a serious medical condition.
There are a few health risks associated with snoring, including:
High Blood Pressure
According to new research, people who snore may be at increased risk for high blood pressure. The findings suggest that people with sleep apnea, a condition characterized by snoring and brief pauses in breathing, may be more likely to develop hypertension. While the study didn’t prove cause and effect, it’s possible that sleep apnea could lead to high blood pressure by disrupting the body’s natural circadian rhythms. If you’re a chronic snorer, talk to your doctor about whether you might also have sleep apnea. In the meantime, try sleeping on your side or using a humidifier to reduce snoring.
Sleep Apnea
People with sleep apnea often snore loudly and regularly stop breathing during the night. This can lead to several health problems, including high blood pressure, heart disease, and stroke. If you think you might have sleep apnea, talk to your doctor about getting tested.
Heart disease
People who snore are at an increased risk of developing heart disease. This is a serious condition that can be caused by snoring. It can lead to interrupted sleep and other health problems.
If you’re concerned about your health, you should speak to your doctor about the possibility of treating your snoring. There are several different treatments available for snoring, including surgery. Your doctor will recommend the best treatment for you based on your situation.
You Need to Be Mindful of How Your Snoring Might Be Affecting Your Sleep Quality
If you’re snoring, it’s essential to be aware of how it might be affecting your sleep quality. Snoring can often lead to interrupted sleep, which can cause fatigue and other health problems. If you’re struggling with fatigue or other health problems, speak to your doctor about the possibility of treating your snoring. There are several different treatments available, and your doctor will be able to recommend the best one for you.
You Need to Consider Changing Your LifestyleIf You’re Snoring
There are a few lifestyle changes you might need to make if you’re snoring while sleeping.
Consider Losing Weight
Losing weight can often help reduce or eliminate snoring. Snoring happens when the air flowing through your nose and throat causes the tissues to vibrate, resulting in the telltale sound we all know so well. And while obesity isn’t the only cause of snoring, it is a significant factor for many people. That’s because excess weight can contribute to tissue collapse and blockage in the throat, making snoring worse. If you’re carrying around extra pounds, losing weight can help reduce the amount of tissue in your throat and decrease your snoring.
Quit Smoking
Smoking is another major contributor to snoring. Cigarette smoke contains toxins that can irritate the airways, leading to inflammation and excess mucus production. This, in turn, can make snoring worse. If you’re trying to quit smoking, you can try several different methods. Talk to your doctor about the best way to quit smoking for you.
Avoid Alcohol and Sedatives
Alcohol and sedatives can also make snoring worse. These substances relax the muscles in the throat, leading to obstruction and snoring. If you’re struggling with snoring, it might be best to avoid alcohol and sedatives altogether.
Exercise Regularly
Exercise is another excellent way to reduce snoring. When you exercise, your body becomes more fit and healthy, leading to a decrease in snoring. Exercise also helps keep your weight down, which we already know can help reduce snoring. If you’re not currently active, start by adding a 30-minute walk to your
Making a few simple changes to your lifestyle can often help reduce or eliminate snoring. However, if you do not see results after making these changes, you should speak to your doctor about other possible solutions.
Snoring can negatively affect your sleep quality and health, so it’s essential to take steps to reduce or eliminate it. There are a variety of treatments available, so talk to your doctor if you’re struggling with snoring.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Are you feeling down and out? Are you struggling to find ways to improve your quality of life? If so, don’t worry – you’re not alone. Millions of people around the world are in the same boat. However, that doesn’t mean that there aren’t things that you can do to make your life better. This blog post will discuss simple tips that can help improve your quality of life. So if you’re ready to start feeling better, keep reading for the details.
Make Yourself Look Better
One of the simplest ways to improve your quality of life is to make yourself look better. You can do this in various ways, but one of the easiest is improving your facial appearance. For instance, you can start washing your face daily or using a facial scrub. You can also improve your smile by whitening your teeth. All of these things will make you look and feel better, which will, in turn, lead to an improved quality of life.
You need to note that there is no need to go overboard with your appearance. Just make sure that you are taking care of yourself and look presentable. Also, remember that there is no size you need to fit into – be comfortable in your skin.
Get Rid of Your Negative Thoughts
Another way to improve your quality of life is to eliminate negative thoughts. This may sound easier said than done, but it is crucial to feeling better. One way to do this is to start practicing mindfulness. Mindfulness is the act of being present in the moment and not letting your thoughts wander. This can be difficult, but many resources are available to help you get started.
In addition to mindfulness, focusing on positive thinking is essential. This means that you should think about things that make you happy or things going well in your life. When you start thinking positively, you will find those negative thoughts disappear.
Exercise Regularly
Exercising is one approved way to improve your quality of life. This is because exercise has many benefits, including reducing stress, improving mental health, and increasing energy levels. If you are not used to exercising, start slow by doing some basic exercises at home or going for a walk around the block.
Once you get more comfortable, you can start working out at the gym or taking up a new sport. Some of the best exercises for improving quality of life are yoga, Pilates, and swimming. These exercises not only improve your physical health but also positively impact your mental health. It is important to find an activity you enjoy to be more likely to stick with it.
Eating Healthy
Another critical factor in improving your quality of life is eating healthily. This means consuming a balanced diet with plenty of fruits, vegetables, and whole grains. Limiting your intake of processed foods, sugary drinks, and saturated fats is also essential. In addition to eating healthy, it is also essential to drink plenty of water.
Making small changes to your diet can significantly impact your quality of life. If you are unsure where to start, try adding one or two healthy foods to your current diet. Once you get used to those, add another healthy food. This gradual change will help make the transition easier and less overwhelming. You can also work with nutritionists to create a diet tailored to your needs.
Get Some Rest
How much sleep do you usually get each night? If the answer is less than eight hours, you should start getting more rest. This is because sleep is crucial for our physical and mental health. We are more likely to be stressed out and irritable when we are tired. We are also more likely to make bad decisions and have difficulty focusing.
It is essential to get a good night’s sleep, create a bedtime routine, and stick to it. This means going to bed and waking up simultaneously each day. It is also essential to avoid using electronics in bed and eating late at night. Try reading or taking a warm bath before bed if you have difficulty falling asleep.
Read and Learn Everyday
Reading and learning every day is one of the best ways to improve your quality of life. This doesn’t mean you need to spend hours in the library – take some time out of your day to read a book or article that interests you. Reading can help improve your mental health and make you more informed about the world around you.
In addition to reading, there are many other ways to learn. You can take classes, listen to podcasts, or watch educational videos. There are also many opportunities to learn new things online. No matter how you learn, make sure you do something every day to challenge your mind.
Spend More Time with Your Loved Ones
Your loved ones are one of your most valuable resources. Spending time with them is a great way to improve your quality of life. This is because spending time with loved ones can reduce stress, make you happier, and help you feel more connected to the world around you.
There are many different ways to spend time with your loved ones. You can go for walks, have dinner together, or play games. You can also spend time talking and getting to know each other better. The important thing is to find an activity you both enjoy to have fun while spending time together. Also, it is essential to make time for yourself so that you can recharge and spend time with your loved ones.
Practice Personal Hygiene
Personal hygiene is essential for our physical and mental health. When we practice good personal hygiene, we are less likely to get sick and feel better about ourselves. There are many different aspects of personal hygiene, but some of the most important ones are brushing your teeth, washing your hands, and showering regularly.
It is also essential to be mindful of your body. This means being aware of how you feel and what you need. If you feel stressed, relax and meditate for a few minutes. If you are tired, get some rest. When you pay attention to your body, you will better care for yourself physically and mentally.
Identify What Makes you Happy and Stick to It
One of the best ways to improve your quality of life is to identify what makes you happy and stick to it. This may differ for everyone, but a few things are generally considered happiness boosters. These include spending time with loved ones, being physically active, and learning new things.
When you know what makes you happy, you can ensure that you are doing more of those things. This will help improve your mood and make you feel better about your life. It is also essential to find a balance between work and play. Make sure you take some time out of each day to do something you enjoy. You can also make changes if something is no longer making you happy. If the job you are working is stressing you out, consider looking for a new one.
Get into Productivity Habits
How do you get into productivity habits? This means doing things beneficial to you and contributing to your overall well-being. Some productive habits include exercising regularly, eating healthy foods, and getting enough sleep.
When you have productive habits, you will feel better about yourself and your life. You will also be more likely to achieve your goals. Getting into productive habits can be difficult, but it is worth it. Once you have established good habits, stick to them and don’t let anything get in the way.
You can do many simple things to improve your quality of life. By reading, spending time with loved ones, practicing personal hygiene, and getting into productive habits, you can make sure you live a happy and healthy life. So what are you waiting for? Start making some changes today.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
One of the key factors for living and being healthy is taking enough water during the day. It is recommended that adults should consume at least two litres of water a day. Even though it is essential for our existence, there is a gradual decrease in drinking water on the planet and there are people in some African states struggling to get even the small amounts of drinking water. The water they can find is stored in wells and it is almost impossible for the households to have regular water supplies.
Unfortunately, this water is usually infected with bacteria or viruses that cause irreparable health damage. All of this is said with a purpose to emphasize the importance of pure drinking water and the water we have is not as pure as we assume. This water should be characterized as chemically stable instead of pure drinking water since it contains purifying chemicals such as chlorine as well as the particles it picks up when it is transferred to our households. So, to prove the hypothesis of a healthy soul in a healthy body, here are some reasons why high-quality water is one of the key factors for well-being.
What Particles We Can Find in the Drinking Water?
Surface water and drinking water can be polluted with various chemicals, bacteria, viruses, fungi, microbes, and radionuclides. For years, water infections caused dramatic outbreaks of the diseases such as cholera, typhoid, and hepatitis, and ever since water filtration was introduced in wider use, it subdued. The potential risk for these diseases are still wells which are, in some areas, the only source of drinking water, and since it is not home-based, they cannot be connected to the water filtration system. Luckily, you can purify well water by installing water treatment systems. When choosing the best option, they do not differ considerably from the regular water filters so you can find water softeners, distillers, disinfection systems, whole house filters, etc. which are quite effective ways to purify water and get rid of all impurities and damaging particles. The use of the filter will mainly depend on the type of contaminants and water characteristics.
The Most Common Water Contaminants
Speaking of the most common water contaminants, we conclude that the majority are the chemicals in everyday use while a small amount falls on the contaminants of natural origin. Hence, the most common water contaminants come from industry and agriculture, treatment and distribution, human and animal waste, as well as natural sources.
Industry and agriculture include products containing organic solvents, heavy metals from the storage facilities and disposal sites, petroleum products. Water on its way to the aquifers usually got contaminated with these substances. Not only are the industry chemicals risky, but agriculture can be a serious source of pollution as well. Pesticides and fertilizers can also be a huge problem since these can be carried to the water sources with rainfall or snowmelt, or can even penetrate aquifers.
Treatment and distribution are yet another cause of serious water pollution. While these treatments are used to decontaminate the water from many damaging particles, these treatments, on the other hand, influence water quality to the great extent. Truth to be said, water can get contaminated once it enters the distribution system and hence it can contain chemicals such as heavy metals caused by the corrosion of the piping elements, such as lead or copper.
Human and animal waste from sewage and septic systems can interfere with drinking water. The problem arises when the water gets contaminated with this waste that contains harmful microbes and chemicals that can cause serious health issues. Additionally, animal waste from feedlots and wildlife can be serious water pollutants.
Natural sources are not as usual as artificial sources of pollution. Namely, as water travels through the ground, it can pick up some harmful contaminants of natural origin such as arsenic, some heavy metals, as well as radionuclides. Also, natural catastrophes are responsible for some terminal pollution of the drinking water sources.
All previously mentioned contaminants are the ones that often occur in drinking water and can cause some long-term health problems. The point is that most people are not aware that drinking contaminated water for a long time can cause serious conditions and some of them even with terminal outcomes. This is just yet another reason why having a filtration system in your home is highly needed. Luckily, numerous technologies can help you with this process both in your home and well. However, these systems are quite pricey but are a worthy investment if we take into consideration the fact that they will be used for a very long time and that will pay for themselves.
Effects of Contaminated Water on Your Health
Drinking contaminated water, depending on the number of contaminants, can cause the occurrence of some serious health issues that can influence your well-being. Some contaminants are more dangerous than others. Some types of cyanides that penetrate the water can cause an almost instant reaction while some can make changes in your organism gradually. Constant exposure to some damaging particles changes the structure of the cell making it work against our body which is the core of a great number of diseases. In line with this, contaminants that can be found in the water can lead to health effects depending on the type of contaminant, the concentration in water, the amount of water you consume daily, and for how long you have been exposed to the contaminants. So, to better explain this, there are two types of intoxication: chemical exposure and disease-causing microbes.
Drinking water containing chemical particles can lead to a whole variety of long-term and short-term health conditions. Some of the health issues you can face as the result of long-term chemical exposure include skin discolouration, reproductive organs damage, problems with the nervous system, internal organ damage, as well as developmental problems. Exposure to a small number of chemical particles can have an equally negative effect on your health as the higher concentrations, hence, long exposure to a small number of contaminants can cause long-term diseases such as cancer. However, there is still some research to be done to get more information about other outcomes of the long exposure to chemical contaminants.
Potential Health Effect
On the other hand, there is also exposure to health-damaging microbes. The most dangerous waterborne diseases are cholera and typhoid fever. The first symptoms of water intoxication are stomach pain, headache, diarrhea, vomiting, fever, and kidney infection. It is important to note that if you are facing these problems for a long time and there is no other physical cause, then they are most probably caused by contaminated water. Another serious disease caused by harmful microbes is hepatitis and a weakened immune system. Unfortunately, hepatitis can be fatal for people facing some immune system problems as for people having cancer or AIDS. These are just some of the potential health problems caused by contaminated water, while, on the other hand, depending on the type of contaminants, there are different responses. Different water filtration systems employ different technologies extracting all of these particles and leaving completely pure water. Depending on the type of filtration system, some of them are more efficient than the other ones.
Types of Water Filtration Systems
Namely, there are a couple of main types of water filtration systems and these include mechanical, absorption, sequestration, ion exchange, and reverse osmosis filters.
Mechanical filters remove sediment, dirt, and some other particles. There is a whole variety of different mechanical filters going from the basic mesh to the complex ceramic filter composition catching ultra-fine and pathogenic organisms.
Absorption filters are most commonly made of carbon and are used for eliminating waterborne contaminants. The main reason for the filters made of carbon is the fact that it is composed of a huge number of nooks and crannies catching chemical impurities such as chlorine and some other chemical particles.
Sequestration filters use the technology of the chemical isolation of harmful matters.
Ion exchange filters use the principle of water softening by exchanging calcium and magnesium ions contained in the hard water with some other ions such as sodium and hydrogen ions.
Lastly, reverse osmosis is the process that removes all the dissolved organic particles such as magnesium and calcium ions. During the process, water is forced through the semipermeable membrane under huge pressure, and as the water passes through the membrane, all the harmful contaminants are left in the membrane, while pure water is the result of this high pressure.
Pure water is the base for well-being and is the unique source of life. Indeed, only a small percentage of all water on the planet Earth is drinking water. However, drinking water is not entirely pure because of the different factors such as natural or industrial ones and it is why having good-quality filtration systems is mandatory for keeping your home supplied with pure water and bills for endless water bottles considerably lower.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
When it comes to improving our health, most know we need to start drinking more water. But what about other drinks? Plenty of other beverages can help improve our health if we choose the right ones. You can also be sure that you will take in a lot of vitamins and healthy minerals if you make the right choices. This blog post will discuss four super-healthy drinks that will help kickstart your life improvement journey!
1. Try Freshly Squeezed Juice From Fruits
One of the best ways to improve your health is by drinking freshly squeezed juice. This is because fresh juices contain vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants that can help boost your immune system, fight diseases, and even help you lose weight! Plus, freshly squeezed juices taste a whole lot better than store-bought juices that are often loaded with sugar and preservatives.
Orange Juice
One of the most popular freshly squeezed juices is orange juice. Not only does it taste great, but it’s also packed with Vitamin C, which is known for boosting the immune system. Oranges are also a good source of fiber, potassium, and folate. The fruit is also thought to have anti-inflammatory properties, which can help reduce the risk of diseases such as heart disease and cancer.
Watermelon Juice
Another delicious and healthy option is watermelon juice. Watermelon is a great source of lycopene, an antioxidant linked to a lower risk of heart disease and cancer. The fruit is also a good source of vitamins A, C, and B. Also, watermelon juice is so refreshing because it’s made up of 92% water! Therefore, it should be your first pick on a hot summer day.
Tomato Juice
Tomato juice is also a great option for those looking to improve their health. Tomato juice is packed with lycopene, which, as we mentioned before, is an antioxidant that has been linked to a lower risk of heart disease and cancer. Even eating just a few tomatoes each week can help reduce the risk of prostate cancer. Tomatoes are also a good source of Vitamins A and C, so drink up!
2. Make Detox Smoothies Of Your Own
If you’re looking for a quick and easy way to improve your health, try making detox smoothies! Detox smoothies are made with fresh fruits and vegetables rich in nutrients and antioxidants. They are a great way to flush out toxins from your body, boost your immune system, and even help you lose weight! You should drink a detox smoothie every day to help improve your overall health and well-being. Making smoothies is also a great way to get your daily recommended intake of fruits and vegetables. There are countless recipes for detox smoothies online, so find one that you like and give it a try!
Green Detox Smoothie
One of the most popular detox smoothies is the green detox smoothie. This smoothie is made with spinach, kale, cucumber, celery, lemon, and ginger. It’s a great way to get your daily dose of greens and is packed with nutrients that will help improve your health.
Fruit Detox Smoothie
If you’re not a fan of greens, then try a fruit detox smoothie instead! This smoothie is made with fresh fruits like strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, and bananas. Thanks to the many nutrients and vitamins it has, you can get your recommended dose of vitamins from one drink.
Detox Water
Drinking detox water is another great way to improve your health. Detox water is made with fresh fruits and vegetables rich in nutrients and antioxidants. You should drink detox water every day to help improve your overall health and well-being. It’s a great way to flush out toxins from your body, boost your immune system, and even help you lose weight!
Lemon Detox Water
One of the most popular detox waters is lemon. Detox water is made by adding fruits, vegetables, and herbs to the water. It’s a great way to stay hydrated and is packed with nutrients that will help improve your health.
3. Make Tea-Drinking A Habit
Tea drinking is another great way to improve your health. Tea is packed with antioxidants and linked to a lower risk of heart disease, cancer, and stroke. Drinking tea can also help boost your immune system, fight off infections, and even help you lose weight! It’s no wonder Japan and China – two countries with some of the healthiest people in the world- have been drinking tea for centuries. Therefore, make tea drinking a habit, and you’ll see your health improve quickly!
Green Tea
Green tea is another great beverage to drink for your health. It is rich in antioxidants and has been shown to improve brain function, lower cholesterol levels, and even reduce cancer risk. In addition, green tea has also been shown to boost the immune system. Namely, the catechins in green tea can help kill viruses and bacteria, while the flavonoids can help reduce inflammation. So the main reason green tea is loved by so many people is its wide range of health benefits.
Oolong Tea
Oolong tea is another type of tea that is rich in antioxidants. It has been shown to boost metabolism, lower cholesterol levels, and even help with weight loss. The tea is made from the Camellia sinensis plant and has many health benefits. This is the same plant used to make green and black tea as well. However, the main difference is in the processing. Oolong tea is partially oxidized, which gives it its unique flavor.
Black Tea
Black tea is another great option for those looking for a healthy alternative to coffee. Black tea is rich in antioxidants and has been shown to improve brain function, lower cholesterol levels, and even reduce cancer risk. If you drink black tea regularly, you will notice a difference in your overall health and well-being. You may even have more energy and can focus better. This happens because black tea helps improve blood circulation and oxygenation to the brain, which is essential for optimal brain function.
4. Kombucha – A fermented Black Or Green Tea
Kombucha is a fermented beverage made from black or green tea. It is rich in probiotics and has a wide range of health benefits. Kombucha has been shown to improve gut health, boost the immune system, and even help with weight loss. If you are looking for a healthy beverage, then kombucha is a great option. It’s a delicious and refreshing way to improve your overall health!
Blueberry Kombucha
Blueberry kombucha is a great way to get your daily dose of probiotics. This fermented beverage is made with black or green tea and blueberries. Drinking this tea will give you many health benefits and help you lose weight. So, if you like blueberries and tea, this type is the one for you.
Cranberry Kombucha
Cranberry is a tart and tangy fruit often used in detox drinks. It can be found in many different forms, such as cranberry juice, capsules, and even dried cranberries. Therefore, it can be great to drink this tea if you want to improve your health. It flashes out toxins, boosts your immune system, and even helps with weight loss. This tart and tangy beverage is a great choice for those looking for a healthy way to improve their overall health!
Mint Lime Mojito Kombucha
Mint lime mojito kombucha is a refreshing and delicious way to get your daily dose of probiotics. This fermented beverage is made with black or green tea, mint, lime, and rum. The taste is refreshing and tangy, and the health benefits are many. Mint is known for aiding digestion, and lime is a great source of Vitamin C. Therefore, combined in one drink, they make a delicious and healthy way to improve your overall health!
These are just four of the many options available when it comes to healthy drinks. If you want to improve your overall health, consider adding one or more of these drinks to your diet. You may be surprised at how much of a difference they can make. Cheers to your health!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
A degree in business is one of the most popular qualifications since most employers tend to hire graduates in this field. Business degrees are offered in both on-campus and online settings. While online master’s programs have been offered for several years, many universities are expanding their virtual offerings to keep pace with the trending remote workforce. If you want a business degree, you can obtain it online or full-time. Here are some things you should consider if you want a business degree.
Convenience and Flexibility
Online business degrees are perfect for working adults or people with busy schedules. The primary benefit of studying online is that it is convenient, and you can set a manageable schedule. You can learn in the comfort of your home at your convenience. There is no commuting involved, and you don’t need to quit your job to pursue your degree. Some companies also help their employees get the desired education to improve their skills and competencies.
Studying online helps you create a work-life balance depending on your career goals. With an appropriate schedule, you can choose any business program without disrupting your work schedule. This will help eliminate the financial burdens often encountered by full-time students. However, remember that some programs can be demanding, and studying online might not bode well with other work commitments. The downside of an online program is that it can take longer to complete than an on-campus program. If your degree requires a high level of concentration, a full-time program can be the best option to consider.
Curriculum
Do you know that when you study online, you will earn the same business degree as the one you get in an on-campus program? Whether pursuing an undergraduate degree program or MBA, you will need the same number of credit hours and coursework. No one will know that you obtained your degree online, including potential employers. Schools providing both online and on-campus degrees usually offer the same curriculum; an accelerated business degree online is quite attractive to most companies. Most colleges interview industry practitioners when creating their curricula.
A business degree can take different directions since this field is broad. Therefore, when choosing a degree, make sure you choose a program that aligns with your career goals. However, the difference between the online program and residential programs is that the former comes with fewer experiential learning opportunities while the latter offers several courses. On-campus students can work f together in teams, which promotes collaboration.
Financial Commitment
Studying online is affordable since it does not require you to leave your job or relocate to another place. You can create your schedule for study depending on your work commitments. Attending a full-time school is usually expensive since it involves finding appropriate accommodation, buying books and other stationery, managing daily conveyance, food, utilities, and other costs, which may affect you financially. However, online courses cost less than on-campus courses at the same institutions since they do not include many things. You can also use your earnings at work to supplement your education.
Program Duration
The semester system in traditional universities is gradually fading since online learning is significantly gaining traction in different places. Online business programs come with short and quick courses that can last a few weeks since they are designed for adult learners. This is an excellent way of balancing your work and education to help you achieve your desired goals. The duration of a bachelor’s business degree can vary depending on your school, program, and personal goals. You need to complete an average of 120 credit hours for a bachelor’s degree, which can take four years for full-time students.
However, if you are a part-time student, you can take up to seven years. On the other hand, master’s degree programs require between 30 and 40 credit hours. Full-time students can complete this program in two years, whereas part-time students can take up to four years to complete the same. A doctoral business program requires 60 credit hours, and full-time students can take an average of four years to complete it. Part-time students can complete a PhD in about 10 years. Whatever degree program you are pursuing, many factors can affect the length of your study period. For instance, your priorities, goals, and degree program can impact the time it takes to complete it.
No Final Exams
Many online schools have no final exams, but they conduct continuous assessments. An examination is not always the best method to measure competence and knowledge. Essentially, online learning aims to improve the skills among the learners instead of focusing on theory. While the theory is an indispensable component of learning, it should be backed by practice. If you want to gain hands-on experience, you can study online since you can continue your work.
Accreditation
Whether you want to study your business degree online or on-campus, make sure the school is accredited. The good thing about accreditation is that it shows the institution has met all the standards for rigour, best practice, and excellence. It signifies quality, and the federal government usually offers grants and loans to students in accredited schools.
Some institutions tend to create fake certifications, which can impact unsuspecting victims. Therefore, you must do your homework and do thorough research to check if the business school is accredited before submitting your application. In different countries, accreditation is carried out at regional and national levels. Be sure to check the type of certification available in your area. There is no age for learning. Now you can get your degree while studying at home, as per your schedule. When you decide to earn a business degree, you can consider two options, either on-campus or online studying. Both options have some pros and cons, and these depend on your situation, schedule, and career goals. However, the good news is that a business degree is the same no matter how you obtain it. Therefore, the path you choose to pursue your education is a matter of personal choice and convenience.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
Do you have difficulty determining which cosmetic products are best for you? You’re not alone. The RaiseTwice team will discuss the different types of cosmetic products available and how to choose the right ones for you. We’ll also talk about some of the most common skin problems and how to solve them. So, if you’re looking for advice on taking care of your skin, keep reading!
1. Figure out your skin type
If you don’t know what kind of skin you have, it will be tough to find the right products. There are four main skin types: normal, dry, oily, and combination. To figure out your skin type, wash your face with a mild cleanser and wait about an hour. Then, press a tissue gently onto your forehead, nose, cheeks, and chin. If the tissue comes away with oil, you have oily skin. You have dry skin if it doesn’t come away with any oil on it. If your skin is oily in some areas but not others (e.g., your forehead is oily, but your cheeks are dry), you have combination skin. And finally, if none of these descriptions sound like what you’re experiencing, you probably have normal skin. Once you know your skin type, you can start looking for products specifically designed for it. For example, if you have oily skin, you should look for products that are oil-free or non-comedogenic (which means they won’t clog your pores). On the other hand, if you have dry skin, you’ll want to look for products that are hydrating or contain ingredients like hyaluronic acid.
2. Decide what kind of products you need
Now that you know your skin type, it’s time to figure out which products you need. The basic skincare routine should include a cleanser, toner, moisturizer, and sunscreen. If you want additional products like serums or face masks, that’s up to you. Ensure you’re not overdoing it—too many products can end up causing more harm than good. When choosing a cleanser, look for one designed for your skin type. For example, if you have oily skin, you might want to try an oil-free gel cleanser. And if you have dry skin, look for a hydrating cream cleanser. Regarding toners, pick one based on what your skin needs. If you’re struggling with acne, look for a toner with salicylic acid or benzoyl peroxide. If you have sensitive skin, choose a gentler option like rose water. When it comes to moisturizers, again, look for one that is designed for your skin type. And finally, don’t forget the sunscreen! It’s important to wear SPF every day, even if you’re not planning on spending time in the sun.
3. Consider your budget
Just because a product is expensive doesn’t mean it’s better for you. There are plenty of great drugstore products out there. That being said, if you have the money to splurge on a high-end product, there’s nothing wrong with that. It’s all about finding what works for you and your budget. You can also look for sales or coupons to help you save money on skincare products. For example, many stores offer discounts if you buy multiple products from the same brand. And some brands offer loyalty programs where you can earn points and discounts on future purchases. Taking care of your skin doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. By following these tips, you can figure out which products are right for you and build a skincare routine that works for your lifestyle and budget. Also, by budgeting for your skincare products, you can save money in the long run by not purchasing products that don’t work for you.
4. Read the labels
Once you’ve narrowed your options, it’s time to start reading labels. You’ll first want to look for the product’s expiration date. This is especially important for products containing active ingredients like retinol or vitamin C. You’ll also want to ensure the product is appropriate for your skin type. For example, if you have sensitive skin, you’ll want to avoid products with harsh chemicals or fragrances. And if you have acne-prone skin, you’ll want to look for non-comedogenic products (which means they won’t clog your pores). Pay attention to the order of the ingredients as well. The closer an ingredient is to the top of the list, the more of it there is in the product. And finally, don’t be afraid to ask questions! If you’re unsure what a particular ingredient does, ask a salesperson or look it up online. By taking the time to read labels, you can make sure you’re getting the best possible product for your skin.
5. Ask for recommendations
If you’re still overwhelmed, don’t hesitate to ask for help. Talk to your friends or family members with similar skin types and see what products they use. You can also ask a salesperson at your local beauty store for recommendations. And if you’re unsure where to start, consider booking an appointment with a dermatologist or aesthetician. They can help you determine which products would be best for your skin type and give you customized advice on how to care for your skin. By getting recommendations from people you trust, you can narrow your options and find the right products for your skin. Also, don’t be afraid to experiment. Just because a product doesn’t work for one person doesn’t mean it won’t work for you. So go ahead and try out new products until you find the ones you love. This is your skin, after all, and you deserve the best products for it.
6. Test it out
Once you’ve found a few products that you think might work for you, it’s time to test them out. Start by using a small amount of each product to see how your skin reacts. If you don’t have any adverse reactions, you can start using the products more regularly. But if you react, it’s important to stop using the product immediately and consult a dermatologist or other medical professional. They can help you figure out what ingredients in the product are causing the reaction and recommend alternative products that will be more gentle on your skin. By testing out products before using them regularly, you can avoid potential problems and ensure that you’re using safe, effective products on your skin. Also, don’t forget to pay attention to how your skin feels after using a product. If it feels dry, tight, or irritated, that’s a sign that the product isn’t right for you.
7. Be patient
One of the essential things to remember when choosing skincare products is to be patient. Finding products that work for you can take a while, and your skincare routine may need to change over time as your skin changes. So don’t get discouraged if it takes a little trial and error to find the right products. Keep trying new things until you find a routine that works for you. And if you ever have any questions or concerns, don’t hesitate to consult another medical professional. They can help you determine which products are right for your skin and offer advice on using them safely and effectively. By being patient and getting expert advice when needed, you can find the best possible products for your skin.
8. Enjoy your new skincare routine!
Once you’ve found the right products for your skin, it’s time to enjoy your new skincare routine! Using products tailored to your specific skin type can make a big difference in how your skin looks and feels. So take the time to find products that work for you and experiment until you find a routine you love. Your skin will thank you for it!
If you’re looking for ways to improve your skin, try these tips:
Use a gentle cleanser on your face twice a day, once in the morning and once at night.
Exfoliate regularly to remove dead skin cells and help prevent clogged pores.
Apply sunscreen daily, even if it’s cloudy. UV rays can damage your skin even when you don’t see them.
Drink plenty of water to keep your skin hydrated from the inside out.
Eat a healthy diet with plenty of fruits, vegetables, and healthy fats.
Get enough sleep every night, so your skin can repair and regenerate itself.
By following these tips, you can figure out which cosmetic products are right for you. Taking the time to understand your skin type and what ingredients to look for will help you choose products that work well for your skin. And by considering your budget, you can find products that fit your needs and your wallet. So, don’t be afraid to experiment until you find the perfect routine!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
The workforce is constantly evolving, and with that comes new challenges for employers. To keep up with the changing landscape, employers need to be aware of the challenges their employees are facing and how they can best support them. Here is why taking care of your employees is becoming more challenging.
1. Increased workloads
As the workforce becomes more competitive, employees are facing increased pressure to perform. This can lead to longer hours, higher stress levels, and ultimately, burnout. To prevent this, employers need to ensure that their employees are properly supported and have the resources they need to succeed. This means having the proper policies and procedures in place to protect employee health information. In addition to increased workloads, employees are also facing higher levels of stress. This is due to several factors, including the current political climate, economic uncertainty, and social media. As a result, employers need to be aware of the signs of stress and burnout and provide their employees with the resources they need to cope.
2. Changing demographics
The workforce is becoming increasingly diverse, which brings new challenges for employers. To effectively manage a diverse workforce, employers need to be aware of the unique needs of each employee group. For example, younger employees may require more flexible work arrangements, while older employees may need more support in transitioning to retirement. In addition, employees from different cultural backgrounds may have different expectations and needs when it comes to their work environment. As a result, employers need to be aware of these differences and adjust their policies and practices accordingly. This also includes ensuring that their employees have access to the resources they need to succeed, such as language support and mentoring programs.
3. New technologies
The introduction of new technologies is ongoing trouble that employers are facing and with the rapid pace of change, employers need to be able to adapt quickly to new technologies. In addition, they need to ensure that their employees are properly trained on how to use the new technology. This can be a challenge, as not all employees will be comfortable with change or willing to learn new things. As a result, employers need to have a plan in place to support their employees during times of change. This includes providing training and development opportunities, as well as making sure that there is adequate support available during the transition. Many companies are now using digital platforms to support their employees. This includes online learning portals, social media groups, and even virtual reality simulations.
4. The gig economy
With the rise of freelancing and independent contracting, more employees are working on a project basis. This can be a challenge for employers, as they need to be able to manage a workforce that is not always available. In addition, they need to be aware of the unique needs of gig workers and how to best support them. For example, gig workers may need more flexible work arrangements, such as the ability to work from home or set their hours. In addition, they may need access to benefits, such as health insurance and retirement savings plans. As a result, employers need to be aware of the unique needs of gig workers and how to best support them.
5. Employee engagement
With the rise of social media and the 24-hour news cycle, employees are more connected than ever before. This can be a challenge for employers, as they need to find ways to keep their employees engaged. In addition, they need to be aware of the different channels that their employees are using to stay connected. For example, some employees may prefer to use social media, while others may prefer face-to-face interactions. As a result, employers need to be aware of the different preferences of their employees and find ways to engage them accordingly. Many companies are now using digital platforms to support employee engagement. This includes social media groups, online learning portals, and even virtual reality simulations.
6. Employee retention
Employee retention is another challenge that employers are facing. With the tight labor market, employers are finding it difficult to retain their employees. In addition, they need to be aware of the different factors that can lead to employee turnover. For example, some employees may leave because they are not satisfied with their current position, while others may leave because of a better offer from another company. As a result, employers need to be aware of the different factors that can lead to employee turnover and find ways to address them. This is why many companies are now offering retention bonuses and other incentives to their employees. Also, companies are starting to focus on employee development and offering more opportunities for advancement.
7. Diversity and inclusion
With the rise of globalization, employers are finding it increasingly difficult to create a workforce that is representative of the different cultures and backgrounds. In addition, they need to be aware of the different laws and regulations that govern diversity and inclusion. For example, some countries have laws that require companies to hire a certain percentage of women or minorities. As a result, employers need to be aware of the different laws and regulations that govern diversity and inclusion and find ways to comply with them. This is why employers need to partner with diversity and inclusion consultants. Still, the challenges of diversity and inclusion remain, and employers need to be proactive in addressing them.
8. Work-life balance
Work-life balance is another challenge that employers are facing. With the rise of technology, employees are finding it difficult to disconnect from work. In addition, they need to be aware of the different ways that their work can impact their personal life. For example, some employees may work long hours and not have enough time for their family or friends. As a result, employers need to be aware of the different ways that work can impact employees’ personal life and find ways to address them. This is why many companies are now offering flexible work arrangements, such as the ability to work from home or set their hours. However, the challenges of work-life balance remain, and employers need to be proactive in addressing them.
9. The war for talent
With the tight labor market, employers are finding it difficult to attract and retain top talent. In addition, they need to be aware of the different strategies that their competitors are using to attract and retain talent. For example, some companies may offer higher salaries, while others may offer more attractive benefits packages. As a result, employers need to be aware of the different strategies that their competitors are using and find ways to compete with them. This is why many companies are now focusing on employee development and offering more opportunities for advancement. However, the challenges of attracting and retaining talent remain, and employers need to be proactive in addressing them.
As we saw, taking care of your employees is becoming more challenging due to a variety of factors. These factors include the tight labor market, the need to be aware of different laws and regulations, and the challenge of work-life balance. As a result, employers need to be proactive in addressing these challenges. So, if you are an employer, make sure you are taking the necessary steps to address these challenges. Thank you for reading!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
First of all, exercising is the best way to tone your legs. Plus, it is known that women can quickly get their legs in shape due to their genetics. It’s the same case with men and their hand muscles. The strongest and largest muscles of your body are in your legs. How long does it take to tone the legs? It will take 3-4 weeks to see the visible result. A big role plays several factors that influence that process. To get more details on that topic, read the article below.
What Causes Saggy Legs & Thighs?
Saggy legs and especially thighs, are a huge problem for many people because the inner thigh muscles are difficult to exercise. Saggy skin on the thighs usually hangs off the muscles without tone. The skin on your legs may have cellulite, no matter your weight. It can also be wrinkled. People who have lost a lot of weight can face that type of problem.
Sagging thighs can also appear due to age; in that case, you will need more time to see the effect. You can see your saggy legs in the mirror one day when you lack exercise. There is some bad news for people who love to sunbathe. Aggressive sun exposure can break the collagen in the skin of the legs. And: «hi there, saggy skin».
Can Flabby Legs Be Toned?
The answer, of course, is «yes». Stop dreaming and start working on it! Make your dreams real, and we will help you with them. One of the best ways to accomplish this is to minimize sagging on your legs and increase muscle condition. Cardio is the best way to get rid of fat and saggy legs. For beginners, it will be enough for about half an hour 3 times per week. Try not to exercise every day because your heart and muscles need adequate rest. Easy-to-repeat cardio exercises, especially intense ones, will help you a lot. You can also add a few workouts a week to develop leg muscle strength.
Don’t forget that you can drink water and try to eat healthier; you will get rid of flabby legs quicker. And you will lose fat on your legs and all over your body. Great news, isn’t it?
Best Exercise to Tone Legs
Let’s talk about the best exercise for toned legs that will fit your request. You can choose from different activities such as dancing, swimming, walking, and hiking. Skipping rope and squats are also good activities to reach the goal. You can pick one of them or practice all of them, or skip from one to another until you find the best exercise to tone your legs for yourself. Now we’ll give your more information about each activity. Many fitness trainers agree that dancing is the best way to tone your legs. And it brings a lot of joy and fun! You can dance at home whenever you want or attend special classes like hip-hop, contemporary dance, aerobic dancing, salsa, bachata, country line dancing, and many more. You can learn to dance at home while watching different dance videos. Did you know that dancing can improve your memory? Besides toned legs, it also helps to feel balanced and increases heart rate. Try to turn on any music you like, feel the rhythm, and dance like nobody sees you. Try to dance at least twice a week for about an hour, and soon your legs will become toned.
Skipping Rope
Skipping rope sculpts your leg muscles and increases your heart rate. Hold both handles of the rope in one hand. Then swing the rope to feel the rhythm and practice jumping without the rope.
Combine these two exercises. Done! If you are a beginner, try to jump rope for over 20-30 seconds. Have a rest and repeat 4-5 times. Be sure to do a warm-up before skipping rope to avoid negative effects on your knees. Use proper technique. For skipping rope, you will need at least 10 inches of space above your head and a four-by-six-foot area. Don’t do exercises on grass, carpet, or asphalt. It can cling to your shoes and injure your knees or ankles. Use an exercise mat or a wooden floor.
Hiking & Running
You can combine hiking with nature’s beauty observations. It would help if you had a good backpack and suitable shoes for hiking. If you were thinking about hiking, it’s your sign to try it. Your legs will be toned and slim, thanks to it. Here are a few words to tone your legs while running. It is an intense workout, so the result will be visible more quicker. Running will help you to burn more calories and to get rid of body fat. Tips to make running more efficient and less traumatizing:
Pick good boots made especially for running;
Stretch your muscles before and after training;
Start from a short distance and make it a little bit longer every day;
Don’t overstretch your muscles and be careful with your knees;
Run in your own tempo.
Walking
How to get toned legs by walking? It is one of the most effective low-impact aerobic exercises for starters. Also, it is good for your heart, especially when walking for 30-60 minutes daily. There is no need to spend a lot of money on walking. Plus, this exercise influences shedding fat. Walking is one of the less traumatizing exercises. The chance of getting traumatized during walking is low, so even older people can use walking as a toned leg workout. You will see results in a month or earlier. Better health condition is a great bonus that you will get if you start walking more. Of course, you can add all the other exercises described in the article. And you will be much closer to the goal.
Swimming
How long does it take to get toned legs by swimming? 2-4 weeks, and your legs will look much stronger. Swimming improves the muscles of the whole body and helps to become slimmer. Swimming is one of the best aerobic exercises for a full-body workout. It helps you stay flexible and is an excellent way to burn calories. Bonus: swimming lowers depression and stress. It is a kind of meditation for them and is similar to yoga. If you swim in salt water, it can be like a spa salon for your skin. Sea salt is a natural exfoliation, and its minerals nutrify your skin.
Squats
Squats are one of the best-known exercises for toned legs. And not only legs! It helps to bring abs, hips, and butt in better shape. You should try squats if you have back problems. During the exercise, you don’t feel pressure on your back if you don’t use any additional weight.
Keep your feet parallel at shoulder width.
Look straight ahead, don’t round your back and tense your abs.
Squat down, bend your knees and pull your butt back, not just bend your knees. Repeat
Perform squats next to a chair while standing against a wall or the edge of a table, holding an object with one hand for balance training. Don’t push an object away or try to reach it. How do you get toned legs quicker? Try to do jumping squats. When you are at the lowest point of your squat, your hands should be behind you. Then jump, and it will help you to balance and not fall. Remember to end your knees on the landing to keep them protected from injuries. Don’t make too many squats, and try not to overstretch.
Drink Enough Water & Get a Balanced Diet
Some tips on how to tone your legs. They will help you to get legs from your dreams quicker:
Drink more clean water. It’s not a secret that we all need to get enough hydration. Drink more water during the day and especially after you finish the workout.
Try not to drink too much coffee. Coffee can give you restlessness and insomnia.Coffee beans contain kahweol and cafestol. These two ingredients can raise LDL cholesterol levels.
Get enough sleep. Your body releases hormones that repair cells and tissue during deep sleep. Good rest leads to excellent performance during toned legs workout.
Get a balanced diet. Try to eat healthily. Every day you need to eat the right amount of calories and add more fruits and vegetables (they are full of vitamins and other vital nutrients). Try to increase your intake of healthy fats by eating seeds and nuts.
Eat cheat meals sometimes. We are all people. And we all want to eat something tasty, but not so healthy. It is ok, and sometimes you can eat a cheat meal.
This article was made only for general informational purposes. We recommend you consult your doctor before making any decision, even if you don’t have any health issues.
FAQ
1️⃣ How to get your legs toned quickly?
Simple exercises can help you tone your legs quickly: Walking, indoor cycling, HIIT, Tabata, dancing, jumping rope.
2️⃣ How long does it take to tone your legs and get rid of cellulite?
Several studies done on cellulite show that with the right treatment, cellulite disappears in about 15-30 days.
3️⃣ Can very flabby legs be toned?
You can turn flabby legs into thin, trim legs by exercising aerobically, sticking to a healthy diet, and strengthening your muscles with strength training.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
It’s no secret that mental health problems can be tough to deal with. For some people, keeping their heads above water is a daily battle. Others might only experience occasional struggles, but regardless of how often you deal with these issues, it’s never easy. Because this is a tough situation to be in, you must try and find different ways to alleviate some of the burdens you’re feeling and even overcome your mental health problems, six tips can help you do just that.
1. Look For Professional Help
One of the best things you can do if you’re struggling with mental health issues is to seek professional help. This could be in residential treatment, counseling, or a combination. It’s important to remember that there’s no shame in admitting that you need help, and by getting the assistance of a professional, you’re taking an important step in your recovery journey. One of the main reasons why it’s always a good idea to turn to these forms of treatments, as the mental health professionals based in Southern California explain, is that it will provide you with a safe and judgment-free space to openly talk about what you’re experiencing and to find solutions that work for you. Whether you don’t have that in your life because of extenuating circumstances or because you are struggling to be vulnerable, this is a crucial step in taking care of your mental health and maintaining it.
2. Practice Self-Care
Self-care can have many different forms, but it’s always best to have a holistic approach. That means that you should ideally take steps to improve your eating habits, work on setting a healthy sleeping schedule, incorporate some workouts into your routine, and develop a better relationship with yourself. However, it’s important not to turn a self-care idea into a way of punishing yourself further. If you’re suffering from depression, it can be hard to get out of bed on some days, so don’t be hard on yourself if you struggle to reach your goals. If your plan was, for example, to clean your home, take a shower, and exercise, but you only managed to get up to use the bathroom today – that’s more than fine! You’re on the right track if you’re trying to take some form of an actionable step toward caring for yourself.
3. Recognize Your Triggers
To best avoid or manage your mental health problems, you must take some time to figure out what your triggers are. Once you know what sets off your anxiety or depression, it will be easier for you to either steer clear of those trigger situations altogether or be better equipped to deal with them when they arise. Recognizing your triggers is the first step, and then you can work on developing a plan to deal with them. This might involve coming up with some coping mechanisms, such as deep breathing exercises or positive affirmations, that you can use when feeling triggered. It’s also important to note that a trigger can be anything – a sound, a place, even a certain time of day – and all of them are valid. Recognizing, accepting, trying to understand the root cause, and then taking small steps to work on managing your triggers is an important way to deal with mental health problems.
4. Reach Out To Supportive Friends And Family Members
One of the best things you can do when you’re struggling with mental health problems is to reach out to your supportive friends and family. These people love and care about you and will be more than happy to help you in whatever way they can. Whether it’s just there for you to talk to or help you with specific tasks, these people can be a huge asset in your journey to recovery. If you don’t have anyone in your life who would fall into this category, plenty of support groups can provide you with the same type of assistance and care.
5. Seek Out Therapeutic Activities
There are all sorts of therapeutic activities that you can do to help yourself feel better. Some people find writing in a journal helpful, while others prefer to express themselves through art or music. More active forms of therapy, such as yoga or dance, can be beneficial. The key is to find something that you enjoy doing and that makes you feel good. It’s also important to remember that not all therapy forms will work for everyone. If one activity doesn’t seem to be helping, don’t get discouraged – there are plenty of other options out there, and you’ll eventually find something that works for you.
6. Build Your Coping Tools
Last but not least, it’s important to build up a repertoire of coping tools you can use when you’re feeling overwhelmed by your mental health problems. These can be anything from deep breathing exercises to positive affirmations, and they should be things that you know will help you feel better in the moment. Having a few different coping tools is also important, as different situations will call for different techniques. For example, if you’re feeling anxious about an upcoming event, deep breathing exercises help you calm down, but cognitive restructuring (challenging your negative thoughts) might be more effective if you’re in the middle of a panic attack.
Mental health problems can be hard to overcome, but it’s important to remember that you’re not alone. There are plenty of resources and support systems, and with the right help, you can get through this. Just take things one day at a time, and focus on taking small steps toward recovery.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
When you are feeling down, it can be tempting to try to tough it out on your own. However, there are a number of reasons why seeking professional help is important if you are struggling with mental health issues. In this article, you will learn about some of the most important ones.
Emotional Support
It’s very important to be open about your feelings as letting off steam will help you distress. The professional therapists working at mydenvertherapy.com know how important it is to have emotional support in your life and will be more than happy to help you out. It is key in helping people feel better about themselves as it lets them know that they’re not alone in how they’re feeling. Talking to a professional can also help provide clarity on the situation and assist in developing a plan to address the problem.
If you or someone you know is feeling down, don’t hesitate to reach out for professional help! Emotional support is crucial in these situations and with the right guidance, anyone can get through anything. Therapists provide excellent care and services that can benefit anyone looking for emotional support.
Gaining Better Self-awareness
Being self-aware is a huge virtue. It is being aware of your thoughts, emotions, and behaviors. Gaining better self-awareness can help you become more in tune with yourself. As a result, you can start to see when things are off balance and not going the way they should be.
This is one of the main reasons why it is so important to seek professional help if you’re feeling down. A therapist or counselor can help you get to the root of the problem and work on fixing it. They can also provide guidance on how to live a healthier lifestyle overall.
If you’re struggling with your mental health, don’t be afraid to reach out for help. It could be the best decision you ever make! Knowing your problems and fixing them is the key to a happy life.
Curing Mental Health Issues
There are lots of mental health issues and disorders that can happen to anyone. These are the following:
Anxiety
Depression
Bipolar disorder
Schizophrenia
Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD)
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
Borderline personality disorder
Eating disorders
Some mental health issues can be cured by therapy and some medication. But, there are also some that cannot be cured and can only be managed. It is important to seek professional help because they will be able to help you with your specific problem. They will also be able to give you the right medication and/or therapy that you need. If you try to ignore your problem, it will only get worse. So, if you are feeling down, please seek professional help as soon as possible.
Sharing Difficult Topics From Your Life
You need to have an outlet for the hard things in your life. It’s not healthy to keep everything bottled up inside. When you’re feeling down, it’s important to seek professional help so that you can talk about the things that are bothering you. Talking to a therapist can help you work through your problems and figure out ways to cope with the difficult situations in your life.
If you’re feeling down, don’t hesitate to reach out for help. There are people who care about you and want to see you succeed. Seeking professional help is a sign of strength, not weakness. Don’t be afraid to ask for the support that you need.
Everyone faces hard times in their lives where it feels like everything is crashing down on them at once. These periods can be incredibly tough to get through, but you don’t have to go through them alone.
Handling Substance Abuse Issues
If you’ve ever had problems with addiction and substance abuse, you know how difficult it can be to handle those issues on your own. Seeking professional help is often the best way to get the support and treatment you need to overcome addiction and substance abuse problems.
There are many different types of professionals who can help you with addiction and substance abuse issues, including therapists, counselors, psychologists, and psychiatrists. These professionals can provide you with the resources and support you need to overcome your addiction and live a healthy, sober life.
Fixing Behavior Problems
Changing the way you behave is important, but it is not always easy. If you are struggling to make changes in your life, it may be time to seek professional help. A therapist can help you explore the root of your problem and find new ways to cope with difficult emotions.
Therapy can be a valuable tool in fixing behavior problems and improving your overall wellbeing. Seek professional help if you are feeling down or struggling to make changes in your life, as it could be the best decision you ever make.
Seeking professional help when you’re feeling down is essential, especially because of the emotional support a therapist can provide. This will also help you gain more self-awareness which allows you to work on yourself and cure mental health issues you may have. Therapists are here for you to share difficult moments in your life and even handle substance abuse issues. Finally, they will make sure you fix your behavior. Don’t be scared to work on yourself this way!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
A legal professional can help you in many ways, both big and small. They can help you understand the law, which is essential for making sound decisions in your personal and professional life. A lawyer can also represent you in court, negotiate on your behalf, and draft legal documents.
In addition to these more traditional roles, a lawyer can also provide invaluable advice and support during times of transition or crisis. Whether you are considering a major life change, such as starting a business or getting divorced, or you are facing a serious legal issue, like being charged with a crime, having an experienced legal advocate by your side can make all the difference. At its best, working with a legal professional can be transformative. Here are just a few ways in which a lawyer can help you change your life for the better:
They can Help you Navigate the Law
Most people are not familiar with the law and do not know where to begin when they need legal assistance. When you are facing a legal issue, it can be challenging to know where to turn or what to do. A legal professional can help you understand the law and guide you through the process of finding the right solution for your legal problem.
In addition, a legal professional can help you navigate the complex legal system. They can provide you with information about the different options available to you, and help you make an informed decision about which course of action is best for your situation. They can also help in presenting your legal options so that you can make the best decision for your situation.
They Provide Support During Difficult Times
No one knows what the future holds, and sometimes life can take an unexpected turn. If you find yourself in a difficult legal situation, it’s important to have someone on your side who can help you navigate the complex process and advocate for your best interests. Often, clients find it difficult to find financial resources to pay for their case, and lawyers can help alleviate their worries by setting aside the fees until the case is won. Better yet, call the law firms you are considering or visit their office to get a feel of how they deal with clients and how your coordination would turn out. A legal professional can provide support during difficult times by:
Helping you understand your rights and options
Assisting you in taking action to protect your interests
Advocating on your behalf to ensure that you are treated fairly throughout the process
If you’re facing a legal challenge, don’t go through it alone. Contact a qualified legal professional today to get the help and support you need.
They help you make sound decisions about your future
When you are facing a major life change, it is important to have someone in your corner who can help you make sound decisions about your future. A legal professional can provide invaluable guidance as you navigate through the changes ahead. They can help you understand your rights and options, and advise you on the best course of action to take.
A family lawyer can also help you create or update your will, trusts, or other estate planning documents. This is especially important if you have significant assets or children from a previous marriage. An attorney can also help you navigate the probate process after a loved one passes away. If you are going through a divorce, for example, a lawyer can help you determine how to divide your assets and debts fairly. They can also assist with child custody and visitation arrangements, alimony payments, and other aspects of the divorce process.
They can Protect your Rights and Interests
A legal professional can help protect your rights and interests in a number of ways. First, they can ensure that you are treated fairly in the legal system. If you have been wronged, a legal professional can help you fight for your rights. Second, they can help you navigate the complex legal system so that you can understand your options and make informed decisions about your case. They can advise you on the best course of action to take. Finally, they can advocate on your behalf to ensure that your rights and interests are protected throughout the legal process. They can also help you negotiate with the other side to reach a fair resolution.
They Help you Resolve Conflicts and Disputes
If you have a conflict or dispute with someone, a legal professional can help you resolve it. Whether you are involved in a business dispute or a personal disagreement, a legal professional can help you find a resolution. They can facilitate negotiations between parties, and draft agreements that everyone can live with. They can also mediate between you and the other person, and help you reach an agreement that is fair to both of you. They can also represent you in court if necessary. No matter what stage of life you are in, or what legal challenges you are facing, working with a qualified legal professional can help you navigate the complex world of law and make informed decisions about your future. If you are ready to make a change in your life, contact a lawyer today.
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
When it comes to our mental health, we often think about the ways in which we can improve it. We read articles, take courses, and talk to experts in order to learn how to better ourselves. But what if we told you that one of the best things you can do for your mental health is something that is free and easy? That’s right – exercise! In this blog post, we will discuss some of the reasons why exercise is good for your mental health.
Exercising Boosts Your Mood
We all know that exercise is good for our physical health, but did you know that it is also good for our mental health? Exercise has been shown to boost our mood and alleviate symptoms of anxiety and depression. This is because exercise releases endorphins, which are chemicals in the brain that act as natural painkillers and also improve our mood. So, if you are feeling down or anxious, go for a walk, run, or swim and see how much better you feel afterwards!
Reduces Anxiety and Stress
In addition to boosting our mood, exercise also helps to reduce anxiety and stress. This is because when we exercise, our body releases chemicals that help to relax us and improve our mood. Exercise has also been shown to take our minds off of our worries and concerns, which can be a great way to reduce stress. If you are feeling stressed out, try going for a walk, taking a yoga class, or going for a swim. You will likely find that your stress levels are much lower after you have exercised. When you do not exercise, your body is more likely to be in a state of stress. Notice the difference in how your body and mind feel after you have exercised. This is one of the reasons that you can easily notice why exercise is so good for your mental health!
Improves Memory and Concentration
Exercise has also been shown to improve memory and concentration. This is likely due to the fact that exercise increases blood flow to the brain, which helps to improve brain function. So, if you are looking for a way to boost your memory and concentration, go for a run or take a dance class! For instance, according to studies, people who did aerobic exercise three times a week for six months improved their performance on memory tests by up to 50%! Also, try playing memory games while you are and while you are not exercising to see the difference for yourself.
Improved Self-Esteem
Additionally, exercise also helps to improve self-esteem. This is because when we exercise, we feel good about ourselves and our bodies. Exercise can also help to increase our confidence and make us feel more positive about ourselves. So, if you are looking for a way to boost your self-esteem, go for a run or take a yoga class. You will likely find that your self-esteem is much higher after you have exercised. Also, if you have never exercised before, starting small and gradually increasing your activity level is a great way to ease into it and avoid feeling overwhelmed. Additionally, if you keep exercising regularly, you will notice an improvement in your appearance, and you will feel more satisfied with yourself!
Exercise Improves Your Sleep Quality
Do you often find yourself tossing and turning at night, unable to fall asleep? If you’re having trouble sleeping, exercise can help! Although it may seem counterintuitive to work out before bed, exercise actually helps improve our sleep quality. This is because exercise makes us tired and helps our bodies wind down before bed. Just be sure not to exercise too close to bedtime, as this can make it difficult to fall asleep. Research has shown that people who exercise regularly sleep better than those who don’t. If you suffer from insomnia, try going for a run in the morning or taking a yoga class at night. You will likely find that your sleep quality improves.
Exercise Gives You a Sense of Accomplishment
Whenever we complete a workout, we are reminded of our own strength and abilities. This sense of accomplishment can help improve our self-esteem and give us a boost of confidence. Additionally, exercise provides us with a sense of structure and routine. This can be particularly helpful if we are struggling with anxiety or depression, as it can give us a sense of control in our lives.
There are many reasons why exercise is good for your mental health. We hope that this blog post has inspired you to get moving and improve your mental wellbeing. So, if you are looking for a way to improve your mental health, start exercising! You will likely find that it makes a world of difference. Thanks for reading!
Nina Burkovskaya is a senior content writer at Raisetwice since 2020. She has 12 years of yoga experience and 5 years experience of motivational coaching. On a free time loves to read biographies of the famous people and go for a walk with her dog.
If you think getting rid of armpit fat is impossible, let me prove the opposite. You definitely can do it, and let me show you how. It is known that many people believe that only some specific underarm fat workouts will work. Let’s talk about it. People of all ages and weights can have this unpleasant problem. It is normal not to take care of armpit fat exercises and just live your life. But if it brings you discomfort and you want to get rid of it as soon as possible, you come to the right address.
What Causes Armpit Fat?
Armpit fat can appear in people of any gender but is more common in women than in men. But there are many causes of armpit fat. Here are just a few of the most common causes.
Genetics The body’s fat distribution is largely determined by genetic factors. If you have relatives who have fat in their armpits, you may also be more prone to it.
Hormones. Changes in estrogen and progesterone production can lead to swollen breasts. Breast tissue is sensitive to hormonal changes associated with puberty, pregnancy, menstruation, and menopause. During pregnancy, prolactin, another hormone, enlarges the breasts as they prepare to produce milk. Such hormonal changes can lead to excess skin or fat in the armpit.
Weight. If you are overweight, subcutaneous fat may be deposited in your armpits. An increase in weight can also increase the size of your breasts and armpit area. Losing weight by eating healthy can help reduce the amount of underarm fat.
Posture. Poor posture may not cause armpit fat, but it can make it more noticeable. If your shoulders are thrown forward, and you stand up straight, it can help to reduce the appearance of excess skin under your armpits.
Tight bras can cause the skin to bulge between the breasts and armpits. To know how to get rid of armpit fat, you must discover the reasons that influence its appearance.
How to Reduce Armpit Fat?
How to lose underarm fat? Here are a few tips to help you in this journey:
You need to know how long does it take to lose 10 pounds to minimize your armpit fat. Remember that you will always need the next step because ,your skin won’t be in perfect shape after losing weight.
Add sport to your life. Try to build muscle mass in your upper arms and chest wall. It will help your skin get toned after weight loss and eliminate armpit fat. Building muscle also burns calories, and it helps in your weight loss.
Wear the right size of underwear. A new bra can help you to lose armpit fat. When you wear tight underwear, it can automatically push fat and skin on the sides of your breasts up.
There is one more way, but we recommend you use it only if all other methods don’t work. You can ask your doctor about liposuction to remove your armpit fat. It is a common type of plastic surgery. Liposuction removes soft fatty tissue from the chosen areas of the body. Please pay attention: only the doctor can decide if it is possible to have such surgery.
Best Exercises to Get Rid of Armpit Fat
All the following exercises for underarm fat focus on the chest, shoulders, upper arms, hips, and core muscles. To work all of these muscle groups, you must use compound exercises. Here is the list of exercises:
Pushup;
Triceps press;
Bench dip;
Chest press;
Mountain climbers;
Armpit exercises with weights;
Dumbbell press and swings;
Up and down plank;
Plank to side plank rotations.
They train several groups of muscles at the same time. Some of the exercises use weights, and some don’t. Find and choose those that will be necessary for you.
Pushup
One of the most popular exercises is first on the list of arm fat exercises. Push-ups not only help reduce fat in your underarms and armpits, but also strengthen the whole of your upper body. At the same time, they involve all the main muscle groups of your body, including your upper arms, shoulders, chest, abdominals, hips, back, and legs. Instruction on how to do it:
Lie face down on the floor;
Assume a push-up pose;
Slowly lower your chest while engaging your back muscles;
Bend your elbows;
Lift your body, balancing on your palms and toes;
Repeat and push your body up and down;
Let your knees bend and touch the ground.
Repeat pushups exercise 4-5 times.
Triceps Press
The triceps is a muscle located in the upper arm, and exercises that influence them are a way to lose armpit fat. You can tone this muscle in different ways. For example, triceps press:
Take hand weight, probably kettlebells that fit in your hand;
Hold the kettle belts and sit on a chair;
Raise your arms above your head;
Bend your arms at the elbows to lower the kettlebells behind your head;
Lift the kettlebells back above your head.
Start with two sets and repeat 11-12 times in each set. Rest for about 10 seconds between sets.
Bench Dip
You can perform this exercise almost anywhere: from the edge of the couch to the workout bench at the gym. Things that will help you on your workouts to lose arm fat: an exercise bench, chair, or elevated surface. Try to repeat:
Sit on the bench and place your hands on the bench next to your hips;
Grasp the edge of the bench;
Place your palms on the bench and your fingers on the edge of the bench;
Pull your body off the bench with your knees bent and your feet together;
Lower your body to the floor;
Bend your arms until your upper arms are parallel to the floor;
Use your arms to slowly rise from this position and repeat.
Repeat 10-12 times.
Chest Press
Chest press works the upper arms, chest, and shoulders. To perform it, use an exercise bench and dumbbells with free weights that fit in your hand:
Lie on your back on the bench;
Holding the free weights in your hands;
Raise your elbows to the level where your body is on the bench;
Put your upper arms in the same position as the rest of your body;
Your lower arms will be pointing up toward the ceiling;
Slowly raise your arms and lift the weights until your arms are almost straight;
Do not lock your elbows in place;
Return the kettlebells to the starting position with your arms bent and repeat.
Repeat for 8-10 times
Mountain climbers
Climbers is an armpit fat workout, that helps quickly to reduce fat in the armpits because they apply pressure to this area. This exercise combines basic and cardio exercises that target shoulders, arms, chest, and abs. As you can see, it is some kind of workout for the whole body. Here’s how you will do it:
Stand on all fours;
Bring your left leg up to your chest;
Bring your right leg close to your chest.
Repeat 11-12 times for each leg.
Armpit Exercises With Weights
It is a simple exercise that targets the chest and arms. This exercise should be performed on a bench, but you can perform it by putting something under your upper back and pulling it off the floor: